1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright (C) 1993-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
43 #include "libiberty.h"
44 #include "safe-ctype.h"
45 #include "elf-linux-psinfo.h"
51 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
52 static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *);
53 static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *);
54 static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct bfd_strtab_hash **, int) ;
55 static bfd_boolean elf_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ;
56 static bfd_boolean elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size,
59 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
60 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
61 need to move into elfcode.h. */
63 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
66 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd,
67 const Elf_External_Verdef *src,
68 Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst)
70 dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version);
71 dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags);
72 dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx);
73 dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt);
74 dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash);
75 dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux);
76 dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next);
79 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
82 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd,
83 const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src,
84 Elf_External_Verdef *dst)
86 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version);
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt);
90 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next);
95 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
98 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd,
99 const Elf_External_Verdaux *src,
100 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst)
102 dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name);
103 dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next);
106 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
109 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd,
110 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src,
111 Elf_External_Verdaux *dst)
113 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name);
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next);
117 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
120 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd,
121 const Elf_External_Verneed *src,
122 Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst)
124 dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version);
125 dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt);
126 dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file);
127 dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux);
128 dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next);
131 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
134 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd,
135 const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src,
136 Elf_External_Verneed *dst)
138 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version);
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt);
140 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next);
145 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
148 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd,
149 const Elf_External_Vernaux *src,
150 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst)
152 dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash);
153 dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags);
154 dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other);
155 dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name);
156 dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next);
159 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
162 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd,
163 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src,
164 Elf_External_Vernaux *dst)
166 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash);
167 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other);
169 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next);
173 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
176 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd,
177 const Elf_External_Versym *src,
178 Elf_Internal_Versym *dst)
180 dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers);
183 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
186 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd,
187 const Elf_Internal_Versym *src,
188 Elf_External_Versym *dst)
190 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers);
193 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
194 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
197 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg)
199 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
204 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
207 if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0)
210 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
211 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
215 return h & 0xffffffff;
218 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
219 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
222 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg)
224 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
225 unsigned long h = 5381;
228 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
229 h = (h << 5) + h + ch;
230 return h & 0xffffffff;
233 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
234 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
236 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd *abfd,
238 enum elf_target_id object_id)
240 BFD_ASSERT (object_size >= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata));
241 abfd->tdata.any = bfd_zalloc (abfd, object_size);
242 if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL)
245 elf_object_id (abfd) = object_id;
246 if (abfd->direction != read_direction)
248 struct output_elf_obj_tdata *o = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof *o);
251 elf_tdata (abfd)->o = o;
252 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = (bfd_size_type) -1;
259 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd *abfd)
261 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
262 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata),
267 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd)
269 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
270 if (!abfd->xvec->_bfd_set_format[(int) bfd_object] (abfd))
272 elf_tdata (abfd)->core = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd)->core));
273 return elf_tdata (abfd)->core != NULL;
277 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
279 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
280 bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL;
282 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize;
284 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
286 || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)
287 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0)
290 shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents;
291 if (shstrtab == NULL)
293 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
294 offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset;
295 shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size;
297 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
298 in case the string table is not terminated. */
299 if (shstrtabsize + 1 <= 1
300 || (shstrtab = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL
301 || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
303 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize)
305 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
306 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
308 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
309 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
310 the string table over and over. */
311 i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size = 0;
314 shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0';
315 i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab;
317 return (char *) shstrtab;
321 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd,
322 unsigned int shindex,
323 unsigned int strindex)
325 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
330 if (elf_elfsections (abfd) == NULL || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
333 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
335 if (hdr->contents == NULL
336 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL)
339 if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size)
341 unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx;
342 (*_bfd_error_handler)
343 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
344 abfd, strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size,
345 (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name
347 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name)));
351 return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex;
354 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
355 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
356 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
357 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
358 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
359 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
360 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
363 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd,
364 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
367 Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf,
369 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf)
371 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr;
373 const bfd_byte *esym;
374 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx;
375 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx;
376 Elf_Internal_Sym *alloc_intsym;
377 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
378 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
379 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
384 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
390 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
392 if (symtab_hdr == &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_hdr)
393 shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
395 /* Read the symbols. */
397 alloc_extshndx = NULL;
399 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
400 extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
401 amt = symcount * extsym_size;
402 pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size;
403 if (extsym_buf == NULL)
405 alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size);
406 extsym_buf = alloc_ext;
408 if (extsym_buf == NULL
409 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
410 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
416 if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0)
420 amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
421 pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
422 if (extshndx_buf == NULL)
424 alloc_extshndx = (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *)
425 bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
426 extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx;
428 if (extshndx_buf == NULL
429 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
430 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
437 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
439 alloc_intsym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *)
440 bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym));
441 intsym_buf = alloc_intsym;
442 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
446 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
447 isymend = intsym_buf + symcount;
448 for (esym = (const bfd_byte *) extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf,
449 shndx = extshndx_buf;
451 esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL)
452 if (!(*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym))
454 symoffset += (esym - (bfd_byte *) extsym_buf) / extsym_size;
455 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
456 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
457 ibfd, (unsigned long) symoffset);
458 if (alloc_intsym != NULL)
465 if (alloc_ext != NULL)
467 if (alloc_extshndx != NULL)
468 free (alloc_extshndx);
473 /* Look up a symbol name. */
475 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd,
476 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
477 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
481 unsigned int iname = isym->st_name;
482 unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link;
484 if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
485 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
486 && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd))
488 iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name;
489 shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx;
492 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname);
495 else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0')
496 name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec);
501 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
502 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
505 typedef union elf_internal_group {
506 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr;
508 } Elf_Internal_Group;
510 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
511 signature just a string? */
514 group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr)
516 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
517 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
518 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
519 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
521 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
522 that it is a symbol table section. */
523 if (ghdr->sh_link >= elf_numsections (abfd))
525 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link];
526 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
527 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link))
530 /* Go read the symbol. */
531 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
532 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info,
533 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
536 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL);
539 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
542 setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect)
544 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
546 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
547 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
550 unsigned int i, shnum;
552 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
553 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
554 shnum = elf_numsections (abfd);
557 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
558 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
559 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
560 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
561 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
563 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
565 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
567 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE))
573 num_group = (unsigned) -1;
574 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
578 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
579 so we can find them quickly. */
582 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
583 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **)
584 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
585 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL)
589 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
591 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
593 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE))
596 Elf_Internal_Group *dest;
598 /* Add to list of sections. */
599 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr;
602 /* Read the raw contents. */
603 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4);
604 amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4;
605 shdr->contents = (unsigned char *)
606 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size, sizeof (*dest) / 4);
607 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
608 if (shdr->contents == NULL)
611 (_("%B: Corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd, shdr->sh_size);
612 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
616 memset (shdr->contents, 0, amt);
618 if (bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
619 || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd)
623 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
624 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
625 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
627 src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size;
628 dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt);
635 idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src);
636 if (src == shdr->contents)
639 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT))
640 shdr->bfd_section->flags
641 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
646 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
647 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd));
650 dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx];
657 if (num_group != (unsigned) -1)
661 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
663 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
664 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
665 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
667 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
668 section is a member. */
670 if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr)
674 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
675 other members to see if any others are linked via
677 idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
678 n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
680 if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
681 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
685 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
686 insert current section in circular list. */
687 elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s);
688 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s);
689 elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect;
695 gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr);
698 elf_group_name (newsect) = gname;
700 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
701 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect;
704 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
706 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL)
707 elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect;
715 if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL)
717 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
724 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd)
727 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
728 bfd_boolean result = TRUE;
731 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
732 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
734 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr;
735 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
737 unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link;
738 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
739 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
740 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
743 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
744 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
745 bed->link_order_error_handler
746 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
751 asection *linksec = NULL;
753 if (elfsec < elf_numsections (abfd))
755 this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec];
756 linksec = this_hdr->bfd_section;
760 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
761 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
764 (*_bfd_error_handler)
765 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
766 s->owner, s, elfsec);
770 elf_linked_to_section (s) = linksec;
775 /* Process section groups. */
776 if (num_group == (unsigned) -1)
779 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
781 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
782 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
783 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
786 if ((++idx)->shdr->bfd_section)
787 elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section;
788 else if (idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA
789 || idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL)
790 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
791 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
792 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
793 relocation sections are in section group in input object
795 shdr->bfd_section->size -= 4;
798 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
799 (*_bfd_error_handler)
800 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
802 (unsigned int) idx->shdr->sh_type,
803 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
804 (elf_elfheader (abfd)
807 shdr->bfd_section->name);
815 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec)
817 return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL;
820 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
821 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
824 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
825 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
831 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
833 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
836 newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
840 hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
841 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr;
842 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex;
844 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
845 elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type;
846 elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags;
848 newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
850 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr)
851 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size)
852 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect,
853 bfd_log2 (hdr->sh_addralign)))
856 flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
857 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
858 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
859 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
860 flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE;
861 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
864 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
867 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0)
868 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
869 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
871 else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
873 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0)
876 newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize;
877 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0)
878 flags |= SEC_STRINGS;
880 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP)
881 if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect))
883 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0)
884 flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL;
885 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE) != 0)
886 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
888 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
890 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
891 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
898 else if (name[1] == 'g' && name[2] == 'n')
899 p = ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", n = 17;
900 else if (name[1] == 'g' && name[2] == 'd')
901 p = ".gdb_index", n = 11; /* yes we really do mean 11. */
902 else if (name[1] == 'l')
904 else if (name[1] == 's')
906 else if (name[1] == 'z')
907 p = ".zdebug", n = 7;
910 if (p != NULL && strncmp (name, p, n) == 0)
911 flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
915 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
916 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
917 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
918 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
919 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
920 all but one of the sections. */
921 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gnu.linkonce")
922 && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL)
923 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
925 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
926 if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags)
927 if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr))
930 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags))
933 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
934 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
935 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
936 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOTE)
940 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, newsect, &contents))
943 elf_parse_notes (abfd, (char *) contents, hdr->sh_size, -1);
947 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
949 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
950 unsigned int i, nload;
952 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
953 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
954 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
955 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
956 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
957 for (nload = 0, i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
958 if (phdr->p_paddr != 0)
960 else if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD && phdr->p_memsz != 0)
962 if (i >= elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum && nload > 1)
965 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
966 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
968 if (((phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD
969 && (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0)
970 || phdr->p_type == PT_TLS)
971 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr, phdr))
973 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
974 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
975 + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr);
977 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
978 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
979 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
980 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
981 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
982 segment will contain sections with contiguous
983 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
984 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
985 + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset);
987 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
988 offsets whether a section with zero size should
989 be placed at the end of one segment or the
990 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
991 if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr
992 && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size
993 <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz))
999 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1000 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1001 if ((flags & SEC_DEBUGGING)
1002 && ((name[1] == 'd' && name[6] == '_')
1003 || (name[1] == 'z' && name[7] == '_')))
1005 enum { nothing, compress, decompress } action = nothing;
1008 if (bfd_is_section_compressed (abfd, newsect))
1010 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1011 if ((abfd->flags & BFD_DECOMPRESS))
1012 action = decompress;
1016 /* Normal section. Check if we should compress. */
1017 if ((abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS) && newsect->size != 0)
1027 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd, newsect))
1029 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1030 (_("%B: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1036 unsigned int len = strlen (name);
1038 new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 2);
1039 if (new_name == NULL)
1043 memcpy (new_name + 2, name + 1, len);
1047 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd, newsect))
1049 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1050 (_("%B: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1056 unsigned int len = strlen (name);
1058 new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
1059 if (new_name == NULL)
1062 memcpy (new_name + 1, name + 2, len - 1);
1066 if (new_name != NULL)
1067 bfd_rename_section (abfd, newsect, new_name);
1073 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] = {
1074 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1075 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1076 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1079 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1080 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1081 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1082 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1083 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1084 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1085 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1086 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1087 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1089 bfd_reloc_status_type
1090 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1091 arelent *reloc_entry,
1093 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1094 asection *input_section,
1096 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1098 if (output_bfd != NULL
1099 && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
1100 && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace
1101 || reloc_entry->addend == 0))
1103 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1104 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1107 return bfd_reloc_continue;
1110 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1114 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
1116 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1117 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1120 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
1122 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
1123 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
1126 elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd);
1128 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1129 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_OSABI] =
1130 elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_OSABI];
1132 /* Copy object attributes. */
1133 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
1138 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type)
1143 case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break;
1144 case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break;
1145 case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break;
1146 case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break;
1147 case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break;
1148 case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break;
1149 case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break;
1150 case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break;
1151 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break;
1152 case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break;
1153 case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break;
1154 default: pt = NULL; break;
1159 /* Print out the program headers. */
1162 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg)
1164 FILE *f = (FILE *) farg;
1165 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
1167 bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
1169 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1174 fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1175 c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
1176 for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++)
1178 const char *pt = get_segment_type (p->p_type);
1183 sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type);
1186 fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt);
1187 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset);
1188 fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x");
1189 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr);
1190 fprintf (f, " paddr 0x");
1191 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr);
1192 fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align));
1193 fprintf (f, " filesz 0x");
1194 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz);
1195 fprintf (f, " memsz 0x");
1196 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz);
1197 fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c",
1198 (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1199 (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1200 (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1201 if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0)
1202 fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X));
1207 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1210 unsigned int elfsec;
1211 unsigned long shlink;
1212 bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
1214 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1216 fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1218 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
1221 elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
1222 if (elfsec == SHN_BAD)
1224 shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
1226 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1227 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1230 extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
1231 for (; extdyn < extdynend; extdyn += extdynsize)
1233 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1234 const char *name = "";
1236 bfd_boolean stringp;
1237 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1239 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1241 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1248 if (bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag)
1249 name = (*bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag) (dyn.d_tag);
1251 if (!strcmp (name, ""))
1253 sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag);
1258 case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1259 case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1260 case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break;
1261 case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break;
1262 case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break;
1263 case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break;
1264 case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break;
1265 case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break;
1266 case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break;
1267 case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break;
1268 case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break;
1269 case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break;
1270 case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break;
1271 case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1272 case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1273 case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1274 case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break;
1275 case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break;
1276 case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break;
1277 case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break;
1278 case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break;
1279 case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break;
1280 case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break;
1281 case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break;
1282 case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1283 case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1284 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1285 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1286 case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1287 case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break;
1288 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1289 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1290 case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break;
1291 case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1292 case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break;
1293 case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break;
1294 case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break;
1295 case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1296 case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break;
1297 case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break;
1298 case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1299 case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1300 case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1301 case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break;
1302 case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break;
1303 case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break;
1304 case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break;
1305 case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break;
1306 case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break;
1307 case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break;
1308 case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break;
1309 case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1310 case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break;
1311 case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1312 case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1313 case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break;
1314 case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1315 case DT_GNU_HASH: name = "GNU_HASH"; break;
1318 fprintf (f, " %-20s ", name);
1322 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, dyn.d_un.d_val);
1327 unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1329 string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
1332 fprintf (f, "%s", string);
1341 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
1342 || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL))
1344 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE))
1348 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
1350 Elf_Internal_Verdef *t;
1352 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1353 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef)
1355 fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx,
1356 t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash,
1357 t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1358 if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL)
1360 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a;
1363 for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr;
1367 a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1373 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
1375 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1377 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1378 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref)
1380 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1382 fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1383 t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>");
1384 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1385 fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash,
1386 a->vna_flags, a->vna_other,
1387 a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1399 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1402 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd,
1405 bfd_print_symbol_type how)
1407 FILE *file = (FILE *) filep;
1410 case bfd_print_symbol_name:
1411 fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
1413 case bfd_print_symbol_more:
1414 fprintf (file, "elf ");
1415 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value);
1416 fprintf (file, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol->flags);
1418 case bfd_print_symbol_all:
1420 const char *section_name;
1421 const char *name = NULL;
1422 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1423 unsigned char st_other;
1426 section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)";
1428 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1429 if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all)
1430 name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol);
1434 name = symbol->name;
1435 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol);
1438 fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name);
1439 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1440 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1441 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1442 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1443 if (symbol->section && bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1444 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
1446 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
1447 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val);
1449 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1450 if (elf_dynversym (abfd) != 0
1451 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0
1452 || elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0))
1454 unsigned int vernum;
1455 const char *version_string;
1457 vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_VERSION;
1460 version_string = "";
1461 else if (vernum == 1)
1462 version_string = "Base";
1463 else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs)
1465 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename;
1468 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1470 version_string = "";
1471 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
1475 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1477 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1479 if (a->vna_other == vernum)
1481 version_string = a->vna_nodename;
1488 if ((((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version & VERSYM_HIDDEN) == 0)
1489 fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string);
1494 fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string);
1495 for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i)
1500 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1501 st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
1506 case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break;
1507 case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break;
1508 case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break;
1510 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1512 fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other);
1515 fprintf (file, " %s", name);
1521 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1523 struct bfd_strtab_hash *
1524 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1526 struct bfd_strtab_hash *ret;
1528 ret = _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1533 loc = _bfd_stringtab_add (ret, "", TRUE, FALSE);
1534 BFD_ASSERT (loc == 0 || loc == (bfd_size_type) -1);
1535 if (loc == (bfd_size_type) -1)
1537 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret);
1544 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1546 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1549 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
1551 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
1552 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr;
1553 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1556 if (shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
1559 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
1560 ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1561 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, ehdr->e_shstrndx,
1566 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1567 switch (hdr->sh_type)
1570 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1573 case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */
1574 case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */
1575 case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */
1576 case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */
1577 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */
1578 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */
1579 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */
1580 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1581 case SHT_GNU_HASH: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1582 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1584 case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1585 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1587 if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd))
1589 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
1590 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
1591 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
1594 case bfd_arch_sparc:
1595 if (hdr->sh_link == (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
1596 || hdr->sh_link == ((SHN_LORESERVE + 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
1598 /* Otherwise fall through. */
1603 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL)
1605 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB)
1607 Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr;
1609 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1610 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1611 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1612 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
1614 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)];
1615 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1619 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1621 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1622 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1624 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1625 if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1627 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1635 case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table */
1636 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1639 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1641 if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size)
1643 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
1645 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1646 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1647 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1651 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0);
1652 elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1653 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr = *hdr;
1654 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
1655 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1657 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1658 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1659 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1660 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1661 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1663 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
1664 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
1665 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1669 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1670 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1671 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1672 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)]->sh_link != shindex)
1674 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1676 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1677 for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1679 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1680 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1681 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1685 for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++)
1687 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1688 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1689 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1693 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i);
1697 case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1698 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1701 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1703 if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size)
1705 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
1707 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1708 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1709 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1713 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0);
1714 elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1715 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr;
1716 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
1717 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1719 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1720 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1721 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1723 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1724 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == shindex)
1727 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) == 0);
1728 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = shindex;
1729 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr = *hdr;
1730 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
1733 case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table */
1734 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
1736 if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex)
1738 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1739 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
1742 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1745 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr;
1746 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
1749 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
1752 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
1753 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr;
1754 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr;
1755 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1757 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1761 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1762 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1763 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1764 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
1766 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1768 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1769 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1771 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1772 if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
1774 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1777 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
1779 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i)
1781 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i)
1782 goto dynsymtab_strtab;
1786 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1790 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
1792 asection *target_sect;
1793 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2, **p_hdr;
1794 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1795 struct bfd_elf_section_data *esdt;
1799 != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL
1800 ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela))
1803 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
1804 if (hdr->sh_link >= num_sec)
1806 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1807 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
1808 abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex));
1809 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1813 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
1814 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
1815 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
1816 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
1817 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
1818 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
1819 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
1821 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
1822 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0
1823 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
1824 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM)
1830 for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++)
1832 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
1833 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1844 hdr->sh_link = found;
1847 /* Get the symbol table. */
1848 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
1849 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1850 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link))
1853 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
1854 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
1855 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
1856 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
1857 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
1858 section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its
1859 sh_link points to the null section. */
1860 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd)
1861 || hdr->sh_link == SHN_UNDEF
1862 || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF
1863 || hdr->sh_info >= num_sec
1864 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL
1865 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
1866 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1869 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info))
1871 target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info);
1872 if (target_sect == NULL)
1875 esdt = elf_section_data (target_sect);
1876 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
1877 p_hdr = &esdt->rela.hdr;
1879 p_hdr = &esdt->rel.hdr;
1881 BFD_ASSERT (*p_hdr == NULL);
1882 amt = sizeof (*hdr2);
1883 hdr2 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
1888 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
1889 target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr);
1890 target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
1891 target_sect->relocation = NULL;
1892 target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
1893 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
1894 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
1895 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
1897 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
1898 target_sect->use_rela_p = 1;
1900 abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
1904 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
1905 elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex;
1906 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr;
1907 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1909 case SHT_GNU_versym:
1910 if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym))
1912 elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex;
1913 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr;
1914 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1916 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
1917 elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex;
1918 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr;
1919 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1925 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE))
1927 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1929 if (hdr->contents != NULL)
1931 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents;
1932 unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / GRP_ENTRY_SIZE;
1935 if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT)
1936 hdr->bfd_section->flags
1937 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
1939 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
1941 while (--n_elt != 0)
1945 if (idx->shdr != NULL
1946 && (s = idx->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
1947 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
1949 elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s;
1957 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
1958 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
1959 || hdr->sh_type == bed->obj_attrs_section_type)
1961 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1963 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd, hdr);
1967 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
1968 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1971 if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOUSER && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIUSER)
1973 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
1974 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
1975 for applications? */
1976 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1977 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
1978 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1979 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1981 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
1982 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1985 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOPROC
1986 && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIPROC)
1987 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1988 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1989 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
1991 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
1992 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIOS)
1994 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
1995 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING) != 0)
1996 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
1997 required to correctly process the section and the file should
1998 be rejected with an error message. */
1999 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2000 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
2002 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
2004 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2005 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2008 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2009 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2010 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2011 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
2019 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2022 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache *cache,
2024 unsigned long r_symndx)
2026 unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE;
2028 if (cache->abfd != abfd || cache->indx[ent] != r_symndx)
2030 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2031 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
2032 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
2034 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
2035 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx,
2036 &cache->sym[ent], esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
2039 if (cache->abfd != abfd)
2041 memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx));
2044 cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx;
2047 return &cache->sym[ent];
2050 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2054 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int sec_index)
2056 if (sec_index >= elf_numsections (abfd))
2058 return elf_elfsections (abfd)[sec_index]->bfd_section;
2061 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] =
2063 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2064 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2067 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] =
2069 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2070 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2073 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] =
2075 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2076 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2077 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2078 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2079 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2080 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2081 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2082 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2083 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2084 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2085 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC },
2086 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC },
2087 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC },
2088 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2091 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] =
2093 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2094 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2095 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2098 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] =
2100 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2101 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_EXCLUDE },
2102 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2103 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 },
2104 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 },
2105 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 },
2106 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC },
2107 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC },
2108 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2109 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2112 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] =
2114 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2115 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2118 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] =
2120 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2121 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2122 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2123 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2126 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] =
2128 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2129 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2132 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] =
2134 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2135 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
2136 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2139 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] =
2141 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2142 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2143 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2146 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] =
2148 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2149 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2150 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA, 0 },
2151 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL, 0 },
2152 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2155 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] =
2157 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2158 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2159 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 },
2160 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2161 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2162 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2163 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2166 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] =
2168 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2169 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2170 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2171 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2174 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z[] =
2176 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2177 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2178 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2179 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2180 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2183 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section * const special_sections[] =
2185 special_sections_b, /* 'b' */
2186 special_sections_c, /* 'c' */
2187 special_sections_d, /* 'd' */
2189 special_sections_f, /* 'f' */
2190 special_sections_g, /* 'g' */
2191 special_sections_h, /* 'h' */
2192 special_sections_i, /* 'i' */
2195 special_sections_l, /* 'l' */
2197 special_sections_n, /* 'n' */
2199 special_sections_p, /* 'p' */
2201 special_sections_r, /* 'r' */
2202 special_sections_s, /* 's' */
2203 special_sections_t, /* 't' */
2209 special_sections_z /* 'z' */
2212 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2213 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name,
2214 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec,
2220 len = strlen (name);
2222 for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++)
2225 int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length;
2227 if (len < prefix_len)
2229 if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0)
2232 suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length;
2233 if (suffix_len <= 0)
2235 if (name[prefix_len] != 0)
2237 if (suffix_len == 0)
2239 if (name[prefix_len] != '.'
2240 && (suffix_len == -2
2241 || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL)))
2247 if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len)
2249 if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len,
2250 spec[i].prefix + prefix_len,
2260 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2261 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2264 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec;
2265 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2267 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2268 if (sec->name == NULL)
2271 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2272 spec = bed->special_sections;
2275 spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name,
2276 bed->special_sections,
2282 if (sec->name[0] != '.')
2285 i = sec->name[1] - 'b';
2286 if (i < 0 || i > 'z' - 'b')
2289 spec = special_sections[i];
2294 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p);
2298 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2300 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata;
2301 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2302 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
2304 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd;
2307 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
2311 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
2314 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2315 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2316 sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p;
2318 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2319 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2320 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2321 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2322 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2323 elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array
2324 output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input
2325 sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to
2326 copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */
2327 if (abfd->direction != read_direction
2328 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0)
2330 ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec);
2333 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
2334 || ssect->type == SHT_INIT_ARRAY
2335 || ssect->type == SHT_FINI_ARRAY))
2337 elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type;
2338 elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr;
2342 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
2345 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2347 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2348 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2349 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2350 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2352 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2353 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2354 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2355 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2356 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2357 of combined data+bss.
2359 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2360 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2361 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2362 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2363 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2368 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd,
2369 Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr,
2371 const char *type_name)
2379 split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0)
2380 && (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2381 && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz));
2383 if (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2385 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "a" : "");
2386 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2387 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2390 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2391 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2392 if (newsect == NULL)
2394 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr;
2395 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr;
2396 newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz;
2397 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset;
2398 newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2399 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align);
2400 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2402 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2403 newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
2404 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2406 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2408 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2411 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2413 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2417 if (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)
2421 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "b" : "");
2422 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2423 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2426 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2427 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2428 if (newsect == NULL)
2430 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2431 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2432 newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz;
2433 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset + hdr->p_filesz;
2434 align = newsect->vma & -newsect->vma;
2435 if (align == 0 || align > hdr->p_align)
2436 align = hdr->p_align;
2437 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (align);
2438 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2440 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2441 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2442 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2443 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2444 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2445 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2446 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
2448 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2449 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2450 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2452 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2453 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2460 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int hdr_index)
2462 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2464 switch (hdr->p_type)
2467 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "null");
2470 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "load");
2473 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "dynamic");
2476 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "interp");
2479 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "note"))
2481 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz))
2486 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "shlib");
2489 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "phdr");
2491 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME:
2492 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index,
2496 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "stack");
2499 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "relro");
2502 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2503 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2504 return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "proc");
2508 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
2512 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection *sec)
2514 if (elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr)
2516 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr == NULL);
2517 return elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr;
2520 return elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr;
2523 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
2524 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
2525 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
2529 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd,
2530 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data *reldata,
2532 bfd_boolean use_rela_p)
2534 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
2536 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2539 amt = sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr);
2540 BFD_ASSERT (reldata->hdr == NULL);
2541 rel_hdr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
2542 reldata->hdr = rel_hdr;
2544 amt = sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect->name);
2545 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2548 sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", asect->name);
2550 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name,
2552 if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2554 rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
2555 rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p
2556 ? bed->s->sizeof_rela
2557 : bed->s->sizeof_rel);
2558 rel_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
2559 rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
2560 rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2561 rel_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2562 rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2567 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
2570 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags)
2572 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2573 && (flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
2575 return SHT_PROGBITS;
2578 struct fake_section_arg
2580 struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
2584 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2587 elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *fsarg)
2589 struct fake_section_arg *arg = (struct fake_section_arg *)fsarg;
2590 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2591 struct bfd_elf_section_data *esd = elf_section_data (asect);
2592 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
2593 unsigned int sh_type;
2597 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2602 this_hdr = &esd->this_hdr;
2604 this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
2605 asect->name, FALSE);
2606 if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2612 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2614 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2615 || asect->user_set_vma)
2616 this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma;
2618 this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2620 this_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2621 this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size;
2622 this_hdr->sh_link = 0;
2623 this_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << asect->alignment_power;
2624 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2625 copy_private_section_data. */
2627 this_hdr->bfd_section = asect;
2628 this_hdr->contents = NULL;
2630 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2632 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0)
2633 sh_type = SHT_GROUP;
2635 sh_type = bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect->flags);
2637 if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL)
2638 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2639 else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
2640 && sh_type == SHT_PROGBITS
2641 && (asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2643 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
2644 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
2645 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
2646 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
2647 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2648 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect);
2649 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2652 switch (this_hdr->sh_type)
2658 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY:
2659 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY:
2660 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY:
2667 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry;
2671 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
2675 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn;
2679 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p)
2680 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela;
2684 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p)
2685 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel;
2688 case SHT_GNU_versym:
2689 this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym);
2692 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
2693 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2694 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2695 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2697 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2698 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs;
2700 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0
2701 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs);
2704 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
2705 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
2706 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2707 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2709 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
2710 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs;
2712 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0
2713 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs);
2717 this_hdr->sh_entsize = GRP_ENTRY_SIZE;
2721 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size == 64 ? 0 : 4;
2725 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2726 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
2727 if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2728 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
2729 if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
2730 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
2731 if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2733 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE;
2734 this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize;
2735 if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0)
2736 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS;
2738 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL)
2739 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
2740 if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
2742 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS;
2743 if (asect->size == 0
2744 && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
2746 struct bfd_link_order *o = asect->map_tail.link_order;
2748 this_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2751 this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size;
2752 if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0)
2753 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
2757 if ((asect->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
2758 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXCLUDE;
2760 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2761 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2762 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2763 create the other. */
2764 if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0)
2766 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
2769 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
2770 && esd->rel.count + esd->rela.count > 0
2771 && (arg->link_info->relocatable || arg->link_info->emitrelocations))
2773 if (esd->rel.count && esd->rel.hdr == NULL
2774 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rel, asect, FALSE))
2779 if (esd->rela.count && esd->rela.hdr == NULL
2780 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rela, asect, TRUE))
2786 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd,
2788 ? &esd->rela : &esd->rel),
2794 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2795 sh_type = this_hdr->sh_type;
2796 if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections
2797 && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect))
2800 if (sh_type == SHT_NOBITS && asect->size != 0)
2802 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
2803 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
2804 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
2808 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
2809 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
2810 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
2811 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
2814 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg)
2816 bfd_boolean *failedptr = (bfd_boolean *) failedptrarg;
2817 asection *elt, *first;
2821 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2823 if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP)
2827 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == 0)
2829 unsigned long symindx = 0;
2831 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
2833 if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL)
2834 symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i;
2838 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2839 elf_section_syms. */
2840 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL);
2841 symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i;
2843 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx;
2845 else if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == (unsigned int) -2)
2847 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
2848 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
2849 set until all local symbols are output. */
2850 asection *igroup = elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec));
2851 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sec_data = elf_section_data (igroup);
2852 unsigned long symndx = sec_data->this_hdr.sh_info;
2853 unsigned long extsymoff = 0;
2854 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2856 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup->owner))
2858 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2860 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (igroup->owner)->symtab_hdr;
2861 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
2863 h = elf_sym_hashes (igroup->owner)[symndx - extsymoff];
2864 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
2865 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2866 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
2868 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = h->indx;
2871 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2873 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2876 sec->contents = (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size);
2878 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2879 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents;
2880 if (sec->contents == NULL)
2887 loc = sec->contents + sec->size;
2889 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2890 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2891 start of the input section group. */
2892 first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec);
2894 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2895 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2896 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2897 directives, not that it matters. */
2904 s = s->output_section;
2906 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s))
2908 unsigned int idx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
2911 H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc);
2913 elt = elf_next_in_group (elt);
2918 if ((loc -= 4) != sec->contents)
2921 H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc);
2924 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2925 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2926 in here too, while we're at it. */
2929 assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
2931 struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd);
2933 unsigned int section_number, secn;
2934 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
2935 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d;
2936 bfd_boolean need_symtab;
2940 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
2942 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2943 if (link_info == NULL || link_info->relocatable)
2945 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
2946 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
2948 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2950 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
2952 if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
2954 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
2955 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec);
2956 abfd->section_count--;
2959 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2964 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
2966 d = elf_section_data (sec);
2968 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP)
2969 d->this_idx = section_number++;
2970 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name);
2973 d->rel.idx = section_number++;
2974 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel.hdr->sh_name);
2981 d->rela.idx = section_number++;
2982 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rela.hdr->sh_name);
2988 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd) = section_number++;
2989 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name);
2990 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd);
2992 need_symtab = (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0
2993 || (link_info == NULL
2994 && ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC))
2998 elf_onesymtab (abfd) = section_number++;
2999 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name);
3000 if (section_number > ((SHN_LORESERVE - 2) & 0xFFFF))
3002 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd) = section_number++;
3003 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name
3004 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3005 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE);
3006 if (t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
3009 elf_strtab_sec (abfd) = section_number++;
3010 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name);
3013 if (section_number >= SHN_LORESERVE)
3015 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: too many sections: %u"),
3016 abfd, section_number);
3020 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3021 t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3023 elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number;
3024 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number;
3026 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3028 i_shdrp = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number,
3029 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
3030 if (i_shdrp == NULL)
3033 i_shdrp[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
3034 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr));
3035 if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL)
3037 bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp);
3041 elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp;
3043 i_shdrp[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd)] = &t->shstrtab_hdr;
3046 i_shdrp[elf_onesymtab (abfd)] = &t->symtab_hdr;
3047 if (elf_numsections (abfd) > (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xFFFF))
3049 i_shdrp[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)] = &t->symtab_shndx_hdr;
3050 t->symtab_shndx_hdr.sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
3052 i_shdrp[elf_strtab_sec (abfd)] = &t->strtab_hdr;
3053 t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = elf_strtab_sec (abfd);
3056 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
3061 d = elf_section_data (sec);
3063 i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr;
3064 if (d->rel.idx != 0)
3065 i_shdrp[d->rel.idx] = d->rel.hdr;
3066 if (d->rela.idx != 0)
3067 i_shdrp[d->rela.idx] = d->rela.hdr;
3069 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3071 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3072 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3073 the relocation entries apply. */
3074 if (d->rel.idx != 0)
3076 d->rel.hdr->sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
3077 d->rel.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx;
3078 d->rel.hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK;
3080 if (d->rela.idx != 0)
3082 d->rela.hdr->sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
3083 d->rela.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx;
3084 d->rela.hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK;
3087 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3088 if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
3090 s = elf_linked_to_section (sec);
3093 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3094 if (link_info != NULL)
3096 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3097 if (discarded_section (s))
3100 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3101 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3102 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section,
3104 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3105 size as the discarded one. */
3106 kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s, link_info);
3109 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3115 s = s->output_section;
3116 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3120 /* Handle objcopy. */
3121 if (s->output_section == NULL)
3123 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3124 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3125 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner);
3126 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3129 s = s->output_section;
3131 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3136 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3137 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3138 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3140 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
3141 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3142 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
3143 bed->link_order_error_handler
3144 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3149 switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type)
3153 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3154 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3155 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3156 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3157 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3158 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3159 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3161 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3163 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3165 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL)
3169 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
3172 d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3173 d->this_hdr.sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK;
3178 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3179 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3180 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3181 field to point to this section. */
3182 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec->name, ".stab")
3183 && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
3188 len = strlen (sec->name);
3189 alc = (char *) bfd_malloc (len - 2);
3192 memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3);
3193 alc[len - 3] = '\0';
3194 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc);
3198 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx;
3200 /* This is a .stab section. */
3201 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0)
3202 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
3203 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8;
3210 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
3211 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
3212 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3213 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3215 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
3217 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3220 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST:
3221 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3222 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3223 the version strings. */
3224 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
3225 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3227 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3232 case SHT_GNU_versym:
3233 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3234 this hash table or version table is for. */
3235 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3237 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3241 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
3245 for (secn = 1; secn < section_number; ++secn)
3246 if (i_shdrp[secn] == NULL)
3247 i_shdrp[secn] = i_shdrp[0];
3249 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3250 i_shdrp[secn]->sh_name);
3255 sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3257 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3258 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3259 if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
3260 return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym);
3262 return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK | BSF_GNU_UNIQUE)) != 0
3263 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
3264 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym)));
3267 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3268 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
3271 ignore_section_sym (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3273 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
3275 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0)
3278 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, sym);
3279 return ((type_ptr != NULL
3280 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0
3281 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section))
3282 || !(sym->section->owner == abfd
3283 || (sym->section->output_section->owner == abfd
3284 && sym->section->output_offset == 0)
3285 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section)));
3288 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3289 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3292 elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd, unsigned int *pnum_locals)
3294 unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
3295 asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
3296 asymbol **sect_syms;
3297 unsigned int num_locals = 0;
3298 unsigned int num_globals = 0;
3299 unsigned int num_locals2 = 0;
3300 unsigned int num_globals2 = 0;
3307 fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3311 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3313 if (max_index < asect->index)
3314 max_index = asect->index;
3318 sect_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *));
3319 if (sect_syms == NULL)
3321 elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms;
3322 elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index;
3324 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3325 decided to output. */
3326 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3328 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3330 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
3332 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym)
3333 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section))
3335 asection *sec = sym->section;
3337 if (sec->owner != abfd)
3338 sec = sec->output_section;
3340 sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx];
3344 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3345 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3347 if (sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx]))
3349 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, syms[idx]))
3353 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3354 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3355 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3356 at least in that case. */
3357 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3359 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3361 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol))
3368 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3369 new_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals,
3370 sizeof (asymbol *));
3372 if (new_syms == NULL)
3375 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3377 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3380 if (sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3381 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3382 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym))
3387 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3389 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3391 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3393 asymbol *sym = asect->symbol;
3396 sect_syms[asect->index] = sym;
3397 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3400 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3402 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3406 bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals);
3408 *pnum_locals = num_locals;
3412 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3413 ELF data structure. */
3415 static inline file_ptr
3416 align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align)
3418 return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1);
3421 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3422 required section alignment. */
3425 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp,
3429 if (align && i_shdrp->sh_addralign > 1)
3430 offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, i_shdrp->sh_addralign);
3431 i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset;
3432 if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL)
3433 i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset;
3434 if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
3435 offset += i_shdrp->sh_size;
3439 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3440 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3441 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3444 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd,
3445 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
3447 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3448 struct fake_section_arg fsargs;
3450 struct bfd_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL;
3451 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr;
3452 bfd_boolean need_symtab;
3454 if (abfd->output_has_begun)
3457 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3458 if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing)
3459 (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info);
3461 if (! prep_headers (abfd))
3464 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3465 (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info);
3467 fsargs.failed = FALSE;
3468 fsargs.link_info = link_info;
3469 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &fsargs);
3473 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info))
3476 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3477 need_symtab = (link_info == NULL
3478 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0
3479 || ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC))
3483 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3484 int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC));
3486 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p))
3491 if (link_info == NULL)
3493 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed);
3498 shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
3499 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3500 shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
3501 shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
3502 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
3503 shstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3504 shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
3505 shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
3506 shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
3507 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3508 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
3510 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info))
3516 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
3518 off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd);
3520 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
3521 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3523 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
3524 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
3525 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3527 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
3528 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
3530 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
3532 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3534 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
3535 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd, strtab))
3537 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab);
3540 abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE;
3545 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3546 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3548 static bfd_size_type
3549 get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3553 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3555 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3556 and one for data. */
3559 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3560 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3562 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3563 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3564 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3569 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
3571 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3575 if (info != NULL && info->relro)
3577 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
3581 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd))
3583 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3587 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd))
3589 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3593 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3595 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3596 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
3598 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3600 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
3601 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
3602 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
3603 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
3604 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
3605 so we check whether the sections are correctly
3607 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
3608 while (s->next != NULL
3609 && s->next->alignment_power == 2
3610 && (s->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
3611 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->next->name, ".note"))
3616 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3618 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3620 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3626 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3627 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3628 if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers)
3632 a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd, info);
3638 return segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
3641 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
3644 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd * abfd, asection * section)
3646 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3647 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
3649 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
3655 for (i = m->count - 1; i >= 0; i--)
3656 if (m->sections[i] == section)
3663 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3665 static struct elf_segment_map *
3666 make_mapping (bfd *abfd,
3667 asection **sections,
3672 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3677 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3678 amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
3679 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3683 m->p_type = PT_LOAD;
3684 for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++)
3685 m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp;
3686 m->count = to - from;
3688 if (from == 0 && phdr)
3690 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3691 m->includes_filehdr = 1;
3692 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3698 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3701 struct elf_segment_map *
3702 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec)
3704 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3706 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
3707 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map));
3711 m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC;
3713 m->sections[0] = dynsec;
3718 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3721 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
3722 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3723 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load)
3725 struct elf_segment_map **m;
3726 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3728 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3729 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3730 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3731 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
3733 m = &elf_seg_map (abfd);
3736 unsigned int i, new_count;
3738 for (new_count = 0, i = 0; i < (*m)->count; i++)
3740 if (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3741 && (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3742 || (*m)->p_type != PT_LOAD))
3744 (*m)->sections[new_count] = (*m)->sections[i];
3748 (*m)->count = new_count;
3750 if (remove_empty_load && (*m)->p_type == PT_LOAD && (*m)->count == 0)
3756 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3757 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map != NULL)
3759 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, info))
3766 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3769 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3772 struct elf_segment_map *m;
3773 asection **sections = NULL;
3774 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3775 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs;
3777 no_user_phdrs = elf_seg_map (abfd) == NULL;
3780 info->user_phdrs = !no_user_phdrs;
3782 if (no_user_phdrs && bfd_count_sections (abfd) != 0)
3786 struct elf_segment_map *mfirst;
3787 struct elf_segment_map **pm;
3790 unsigned int phdr_index;
3791 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
3793 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE;
3794 bfd_boolean writable;
3796 asection *first_tls = NULL;
3797 asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr;
3799 bfd_vma addr_mask, wrap_to = 0;
3801 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3803 sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd),
3804 sizeof (asection *));
3805 if (sections == NULL)
3808 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
3809 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
3811 addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd) - 1)) - 1;
3812 addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
3815 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3817 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3821 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
3822 if (((s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask) < (s->lma & addr_mask))
3823 wrap_to = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
3826 BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd));
3829 qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections);
3831 /* Build the mapping. */
3836 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3837 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3839 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
3840 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
3842 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3843 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3847 m->p_type = PT_PHDR;
3848 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3849 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X;
3850 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
3851 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
3856 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
3857 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
3861 m->p_type = PT_INTERP;
3869 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3870 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3871 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3875 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
3877 dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
3879 && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
3882 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3883 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3884 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3885 program headers we will need. */
3888 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_program_header_size (abfd);
3890 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
3891 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
3892 phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
3893 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0
3894 || (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) < phdr_size
3895 || ((sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) % maxpagesize
3896 < phdr_size % maxpagesize)
3897 || (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask & -maxpagesize) < wrap_to)
3898 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
3901 for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++)
3904 bfd_boolean new_segment;
3908 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3911 if (last_hdr == NULL)
3913 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3914 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3915 new_segment = FALSE;
3917 else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma)
3919 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3920 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3924 else if (hdr->lma < last_hdr->lma + last_size
3925 || last_hdr->lma + last_size < last_hdr->lma)
3927 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
3928 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
3931 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
3932 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
3933 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
3934 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
3935 section can be included in the current segment. */
3936 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) + maxpagesize
3938 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) + maxpagesize
3941 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3942 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3945 else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0
3946 && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0)
3948 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3949 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3950 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3953 else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)
3955 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3956 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3957 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3958 new_segment = FALSE;
3961 && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0
3962 && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1) & -maxpagesize)
3963 != (hdr->lma & -maxpagesize)))
3965 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3966 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3967 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3968 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3969 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3970 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3971 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3976 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3977 new_segment = FALSE;
3980 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
3981 if (last_hdr != NULL
3983 && info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment != NULL)
3985 = info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment (info, abfd, hdr,
3991 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3994 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3995 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD))
3996 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
3997 last_size = hdr->size;
4003 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4004 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
4006 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
4013 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
4019 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4020 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4021 last_size = hdr->size;
4025 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
4028 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4030 if (last_hdr != NULL
4031 && (i - phdr_index != 1
4032 || ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD))
4033 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
4035 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
4043 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4046 m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec);
4053 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
4054 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4055 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4056 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4057 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
4059 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4061 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4062 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
4067 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4068 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
4069 for (s2 = s; s2->next != NULL; s2 = s2->next)
4071 if (s2->next->alignment_power == 2
4072 && (s2->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4073 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2->next->name, ".note")
4074 && align_power (s2->lma + s2->size, 2)
4080 amt += (count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
4081 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4085 m->p_type = PT_NOTE;
4089 m->sections[m->count - count--] = s;
4090 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
4093 m->sections[m->count - 1] = s;
4094 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
4098 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4106 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4109 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4110 amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
4111 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4116 m->count = tls_count;
4117 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4119 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4121 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned int) tls_count; ++i)
4123 if ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0)
4126 (_("%B: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd);
4129 while (i < (unsigned int) tls_count)
4131 if ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
4133 _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %A"), s);
4137 _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %A"), s);
4140 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4151 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4153 eh_frame_hdr = elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd);
4154 if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL
4155 && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4157 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4158 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4162 m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME;
4164 m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section;
4170 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd))
4172 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4173 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4177 m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK;
4178 m->p_flags = elf_stack_flags (abfd);
4179 m->p_align = bed->stack_align;
4180 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4181 m->p_align_valid = m->p_align != 0;
4182 if (info->stacksize > 0)
4184 m->p_size = info->stacksize;
4185 m->p_size_valid = 1;
4192 if (info != NULL && info->relro)
4194 for (m = mfirst; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4196 if (m->p_type == PT_LOAD
4198 && m->sections[0]->vma >= info->relro_start
4199 && m->sections[0]->vma < info->relro_end)
4202 while (--i != (unsigned) -1)
4203 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
4204 == (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
4207 if (i != (unsigned) -1)
4212 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
4215 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4216 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4220 m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO;
4222 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4230 elf_seg_map (abfd) = mfirst;
4233 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, info, no_user_phdrs))
4236 for (count = 0, m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
4238 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = count * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4243 if (sections != NULL)
4248 /* Sort sections by address. */
4251 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4253 const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
4254 const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
4255 bfd_size_type size1, size2;
4257 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4258 place the section into a segment. */
4259 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
4261 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
4264 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4265 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4266 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
4268 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
4271 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4273 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4279 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4280 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4281 if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0)
4282 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
4287 else if (TOEND (sec2))
4292 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4293 before others at the same address. */
4295 size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0;
4296 size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0;
4303 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
4306 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4308 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4309 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4310 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4311 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4312 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4315 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4316 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4318 /* In other words, something like:
4320 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4321 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4322 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4323 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4325 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4327 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4330 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize)
4332 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
4333 if (maxpagesize == 0)
4335 return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize);
4339 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map *m)
4342 const char *pt = get_segment_type (m->p_type);
4347 if (m->p_type >= PT_LOPROC && m->p_type <= PT_HIPROC)
4348 sprintf (buf, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
4349 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOPROC));
4350 else if (m->p_type >= PT_LOOS && m->p_type <= PT_HIOS)
4351 sprintf (buf, "LOOS+%7.7x",
4352 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOOS));
4354 snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "%8.8x",
4355 (unsigned int) m->p_type);
4359 fprintf (stderr, "%s:", pt);
4360 for (j = 0; j < m->count; j++)
4361 fprintf (stderr, " %s", m->sections [j]->name);
4367 write_zeros (bfd *abfd, file_ptr pos, bfd_size_type len)
4372 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0)
4374 buf = bfd_zmalloc (len);
4377 ret = bfd_bwrite (buf, len, abfd) == len;
4382 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4383 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4387 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
4388 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4390 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4391 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4392 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4393 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4395 bfd_size_type maxpagesize;
4398 bfd_vma header_pad = 0;
4400 if (link_info == NULL
4401 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd, link_info))
4405 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
4409 header_pad = m->header_size;
4414 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4415 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4419 /* PR binutils/12467. */
4420 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = 0;
4421 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = 0;
4424 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = alloc;
4426 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd) == (bfd_size_type) -1)
4427 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4429 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd)
4430 >= alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr);
4434 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4438 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
4439 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
4440 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
4441 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
4442 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
4444 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
4445 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
4446 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
4447 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd) % bed->s->sizeof_phdr
4449 phdrs = (Elf_Internal_Phdr *)
4451 (elf_program_header_size (abfd) / bed->s->sizeof_phdr),
4452 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
4453 elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs;
4458 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4459 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
4461 off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4462 off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4463 if (header_pad < (bfd_vma) off)
4469 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs, j = 0;
4471 m = m->next, p++, j++)
4475 bfd_boolean no_contents;
4477 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4478 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4479 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4480 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4481 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4483 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE
4484 && m->p_type == PT_NOTE))
4485 qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *),
4488 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4489 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4490 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4491 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4492 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
4493 p->p_type = m->p_type;
4494 p->p_flags = m->p_flags;
4499 p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
4501 if (m->p_paddr_valid)
4502 p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr;
4503 else if (m->count == 0)
4506 p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
4508 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4509 && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
4511 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4512 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4513 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4514 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4515 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4516 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4517 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4519 if (m->p_align_valid)
4520 maxpagesize = m->p_align;
4522 p->p_align = maxpagesize;
4524 else if (m->p_align_valid)
4525 p->p_align = m->p_align;
4526 else if (m->count == 0)
4527 p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
4531 no_contents = FALSE;
4533 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4536 bfd_size_type align;
4537 unsigned int align_power = 0;
4539 if (m->p_align_valid)
4543 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4545 unsigned int secalign;
4547 secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp);
4548 if (secalign > align_power)
4549 align_power = secalign;
4551 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power;
4552 if (align < maxpagesize)
4553 align = maxpagesize;
4556 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4557 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
4558 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
4559 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
4560 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
4561 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOBITS;
4563 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
4566 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4567 if (elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) != SHT_NOBITS)
4569 no_contents = FALSE;
4573 off_adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (p->p_vaddr, off, align);
4577 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
4578 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
4579 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
4580 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
4581 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
4582 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
4583 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
4584 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
4589 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4590 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4591 else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC
4593 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0)
4596 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4598 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4601 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
4602 else if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE)
4603 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4604 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOTE;
4610 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4612 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4614 p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4615 p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4618 if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off)
4620 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4621 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4623 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4628 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
4633 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4635 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4638 if (!m->includes_filehdr)
4640 p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4644 p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4645 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
4646 p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset;
4650 p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4651 p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4654 p->p_filesz += header_pad;
4655 p->p_memsz += header_pad;
4659 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4660 || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core))
4662 if (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs)
4668 adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz);
4670 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4671 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4675 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4676 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4677 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4678 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4679 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4680 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
4683 bfd_size_type align;
4684 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
4687 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr;
4688 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec);
4690 if ((p->p_type == PT_LOAD
4691 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4692 && (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS
4693 || ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
4694 && ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0
4695 || p->p_type == PT_TLS))))
4697 bfd_vma p_start = p->p_paddr;
4698 bfd_vma p_end = p_start + p->p_memsz;
4699 bfd_vma s_start = sec->lma;
4700 bfd_vma adjust = s_start - p_end;
4704 || p_end < p_start))
4706 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4707 (_("%B: section %A lma %#lx adjusted to %#lx"), abfd, sec,
4708 (unsigned long) s_start, (unsigned long) p_end);
4712 p->p_memsz += adjust;
4714 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4716 if (p->p_filesz + adjust < p->p_memsz)
4718 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
4719 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
4721 adjust = p->p_memsz - p->p_filesz;
4722 if (!write_zeros (abfd, off, adjust))
4726 p->p_filesz += adjust;
4730 if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
4732 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4736 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
4737 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
4738 p->p_filesz = this_hdr->sh_size;
4744 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4753 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
4755 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
4756 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4757 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
4759 else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
4760 && (this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0
4761 && this_hdr->sh_offset == 0)
4763 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
4764 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
4765 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
4766 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
4767 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
4768 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
4770 bfd_vma adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr->sh_addr,
4772 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off + adjust;
4775 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
4777 p->p_filesz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4778 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
4779 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
4780 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
4781 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4782 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4784 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4786 if (p->p_type == PT_TLS)
4787 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4789 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4791 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0)
4792 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
4795 if (align > p->p_align
4796 && !m->p_align_valid
4797 && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
4798 || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0))
4802 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
4805 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
4807 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) != 0)
4814 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
4815 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
4816 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
4818 bfd_boolean check_vma = TRUE;
4820 for (i = 1; i < m->count; i++)
4821 if (m->sections[i]->vma == m->sections[i - 1]->vma
4822 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i])
4823 ->this_hdr), p) != 0
4824 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i - 1])
4825 ->this_hdr), p) != 0)
4827 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
4832 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
4834 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
4837 sec = m->sections[i];
4838 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(sec)->this_hdr);
4839 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr, p, check_vma, 0)
4840 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr, p))
4842 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4843 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
4845 print_segment_map (m);
4851 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
4855 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4858 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
4859 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4861 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4862 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrpp;
4863 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
4864 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4865 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4866 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4867 struct elf_segment_map *hdrs_segment;
4868 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr;
4869 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr;
4871 unsigned int num_sec;
4875 i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
4876 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
4877 off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd);
4878 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
4880 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4883 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
4884 && (hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0
4885 || (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
4886 && hdr->contents == NULL)))
4887 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_offset == hdr->bfd_section->filepos);
4888 else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
4890 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
4891 (*_bfd_error_handler)
4892 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4894 (hdr->bfd_section == NULL
4896 : hdr->bfd_section->name));
4897 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
4898 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && hdr->sh_size != 0)
4899 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4902 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
4904 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off,
4907 else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
4908 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
4909 || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]
4910 || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)]
4911 || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_strtab_sec (abfd)])
4912 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
4914 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4917 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4918 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4922 phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4924 hdrs_segment = NULL;
4925 phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
4926 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++)
4929 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD)
4932 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4934 filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4935 filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4937 if (m->includes_phdrs)
4939 phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
4940 phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr;
4941 if (m->includes_filehdr)
4944 phdrs_vaddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4945 phdrs_paddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4950 if (hdrs_segment != NULL && link_info != NULL)
4952 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
4953 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
4954 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
4956 struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash
4957 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info), "__ehdr_start",
4958 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4959 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
4961 && (hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new
4962 || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
4963 || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4964 || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common))
4967 if (hdrs_segment->count != 0)
4968 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
4969 s = hdrs_segment->sections[0];
4971 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
4972 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
4981 hash->root.u.def.value = filehdr_vaddr - s->vma;
4982 hash->root.u.def.section = s;
4986 hash->root.u.def.value = filehdr_vaddr;
4987 hash->root.u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
4990 hash->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
4991 hash->def_regular = 1;
4996 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++)
4998 if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
5000 const Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp;
5001 struct elf_segment_map *lm;
5003 if (link_info != NULL)
5005 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
5007 for (lm = elf_seg_map (abfd), lp = phdrs;
5009 lm = lm->next, lp++)
5011 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
5012 && lp->p_vaddr < link_info->relro_end
5014 && lm->sections[0]->vma >= link_info->relro_start)
5018 BFD_ASSERT (lm != NULL);
5022 /* Otherwise we are copying an executable or shared
5023 library, but we need to use the same linker logic. */
5024 for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp)
5026 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
5027 && lp->p_paddr == p->p_paddr)
5032 if (lp < phdrs + count)
5034 p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr;
5035 p->p_paddr = lp->p_paddr;
5036 p->p_offset = lp->p_offset;
5037 if (link_info != NULL)
5038 p->p_filesz = link_info->relro_end - lp->p_vaddr;
5039 else if (m->p_size_valid)
5040 p->p_filesz = m->p_size;
5043 p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz;
5044 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are valid. The
5045 gold linker generates RW/4 for the PT_GNU_RELRO section.
5046 It is better for objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
5047 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate debug files.
5049 if (!m->p_align_valid)
5051 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
5052 p->p_flags = (lp->p_flags & ~PF_W);
5056 memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
5057 p->p_type = PT_NULL;
5060 else if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
5062 if (m->p_size_valid)
5063 p->p_memsz = m->p_size;
5065 else if (m->count != 0)
5067 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
5068 && (p->p_type != PT_NOTE
5069 || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core))
5071 BFD_ASSERT (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs);
5074 p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos;
5075 for (i = m->count; i-- != 0;)
5077 asection *sect = m->sections[i];
5078 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_section_data (sect)->this_hdr;
5079 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
5081 p->p_filesz = (sect->filepos - m->sections[0]->filepos
5088 else if (m->includes_filehdr)
5090 p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr;
5091 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
5092 p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr;
5094 else if (m->includes_phdrs)
5096 p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr;
5097 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
5098 p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr;
5102 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
5107 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
5108 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
5109 VMAs must be known before this is called.
5111 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
5112 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
5113 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
5114 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
5115 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
5116 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
5117 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
5119 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
5122 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd,
5123 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
5125 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
5126 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
5128 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5130 if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0
5131 && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
5133 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
5134 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
5135 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
5138 /* Start after the ELF header. */
5139 off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
5141 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
5142 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
5143 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
5144 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
5146 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
5149 if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
5150 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
5151 || i == elf_onesymtab (abfd)
5152 || i == elf_symtab_shndx (abfd)
5153 || i == elf_strtab_sec (abfd))
5155 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
5158 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
5165 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
5166 assignment of sections to segments. */
5167 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
5170 /* And for non-load sections. */
5171 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
5174 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers != NULL)
5176 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers) (abfd, link_info))
5180 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=. */
5181 if (link_info != NULL
5182 && link_info->executable
5183 && link_info->shared)
5185 unsigned int num_segments = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
5186 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
5187 Elf_Internal_Phdr *end_segment = &segment[num_segments];
5189 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
5190 bfd_vma p_vaddr = (bfd_vma) -1;
5191 for (; segment < end_segment; segment++)
5192 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && p_vaddr > segment->p_vaddr)
5193 p_vaddr = segment->p_vaddr;
5195 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
5196 segments is non-zero. */
5198 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
5201 /* Write out the program headers. */
5202 alloc = elf_program_header_size (abfd) / bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
5203 if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
5204 || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, tdata->phdr, alloc) != 0)
5207 off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd);
5210 /* Place the section headers. */
5211 off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align);
5212 i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off;
5213 off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize;
5215 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
5221 prep_headers (bfd *abfd)
5223 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
5224 struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab;
5225 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5227 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
5229 shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
5230 if (shstrtab == NULL)
5233 elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab;
5235 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0;
5236 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1;
5237 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2;
5238 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3;
5240 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass;
5241 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] =
5242 bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB;
5243 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current;
5245 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
5246 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN;
5247 else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0)
5248 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
5249 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
5250 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE;
5252 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL;
5254 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
5256 case bfd_arch_unknown:
5257 i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
5260 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
5261 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
5262 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
5263 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
5264 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
5265 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
5266 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
5267 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
5269 i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code;
5272 i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current;
5273 i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5275 /* No program header, for now. */
5276 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
5277 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
5278 i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0;
5280 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
5281 i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
5282 i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr;
5284 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
5285 if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
5286 /* It all happens later. */
5290 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
5291 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
5294 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name =
5295 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE);
5296 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name =
5297 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE);
5298 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name =
5299 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE);
5300 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
5301 || elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
5302 || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
5308 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
5309 of the loadable file image. */
5312 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd *abfd)
5315 unsigned int i, num_sec;
5316 Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp;
5318 off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd);
5320 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
5321 for (i = 1, shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; i < num_sec; i++, shdrpp++)
5323 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp;
5326 if ((shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
5327 && shdrp->sh_offset == -1)
5328 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE);
5331 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
5335 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd)
5337 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5338 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
5340 unsigned int count, num_sec;
5341 struct elf_obj_tdata *t;
5343 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
5344 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
5347 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
5350 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed);
5354 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd);
5356 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
5357 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
5358 for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++)
5360 if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing)
5361 (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]);
5362 if (i_shdrp[count]->contents)
5364 bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size;
5366 if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
5367 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt)
5372 /* Write out the section header names. */
5373 t = elf_tdata (abfd);
5374 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL
5375 && (bfd_seek (abfd, t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
5376 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd))))
5379 if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing)
5380 (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd, elf_linker (abfd));
5382 if (!bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd))
5385 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
5386 if (t->o->build_id.after_write_object_contents != NULL)
5387 return (*t->o->build_id.after_write_object_contents) (abfd);
5393 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd)
5395 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
5396 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd);
5399 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
5402 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect)
5404 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5405 unsigned int sec_index;
5407 if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL
5408 && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0)
5409 return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx;
5411 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect))
5412 sec_index = SHN_ABS;
5413 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect))
5414 sec_index = SHN_COMMON;
5415 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect))
5416 sec_index = SHN_UNDEF;
5418 sec_index = SHN_BAD;
5420 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5421 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
5423 int retval = sec_index;
5425 if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval))
5429 if (sec_index == SHN_BAD)
5430 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
5435 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
5439 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr)
5441 asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr;
5443 flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags;
5445 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5446 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5447 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5448 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5449 input sections rather than the output section. */
5450 if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0
5451 && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
5452 && asym_ptr->section)
5457 sec = asym_ptr->section;
5458 if (sec->owner != abfd && sec->output_section != NULL)
5459 sec = sec->output_section;
5460 if (sec->owner == abfd
5461 && (indx = sec->index) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd)
5462 && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL)
5463 asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i;
5466 idx = asym_ptr->udata.i;
5470 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5471 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5472 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5473 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5474 abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr));
5475 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols);
5482 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx\n",
5483 (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, (long) flags);
5491 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5494 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
5496 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
5497 struct elf_segment_map *map;
5498 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
5499 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
5500 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
5503 unsigned int num_segments;
5504 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
5505 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid;
5506 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
5507 struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL;
5508 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0;
5509 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5511 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
5512 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
5515 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
5517 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
5518 maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize;
5520 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5521 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5522 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5523 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5525 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5526 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5527 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5528 ? section->size : 0)
5530 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5531 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5532 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5533 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5534 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5535 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5537 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5538 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5539 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5540 (section->lma >= base \
5541 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5542 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5544 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
5545 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
5546 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5547 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
5548 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5549 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5550 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5552 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
5554 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5556 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5560 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5561 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5562 p_memsz set to 0. */
5563 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5565 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5566 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5567 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5568 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5570 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5571 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5572 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5574 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5575 A section will be included if:
5576 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5577 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5578 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
5580 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5581 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5582 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5583 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5584 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5585 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5586 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5587 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5588 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5589 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5590 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5591 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5592 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5593 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5594 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5595 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5596 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5597 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5598 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5599 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5600 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5601 || (segment->p_paddr \
5602 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5603 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5604 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5606 && !section->segment_mark)
5608 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
5609 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5610 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5611 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
5612 && section->output_section != NULL)
5614 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5615 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5616 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5618 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5619 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5620 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5621 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5622 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5624 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5625 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5626 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5627 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5628 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5630 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5631 for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next)
5632 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
5634 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5635 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5636 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5637 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5638 p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
5639 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5642 if (segment->p_paddr != 0)
5644 p_paddr_valid = TRUE;
5648 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5649 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5650 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5651 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5652 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5657 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2;
5659 if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP)
5660 for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next)
5661 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section))
5663 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5664 assignment code will work. */
5665 segment->p_vaddr = section->vma;
5669 if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5671 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
5672 if (segment->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
5673 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
5677 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5678 for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2++)
5680 bfd_signed_vma extra_length;
5682 if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD
5683 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2))
5686 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5687 if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr)
5689 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5691 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)
5692 - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr));
5694 if (extra_length > 0)
5696 segment2->p_memsz += extra_length;
5697 segment2->p_filesz += extra_length;
5700 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
5702 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5704 segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5709 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5711 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)
5712 - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr));
5714 if (extra_length > 0)
5716 segment->p_memsz += extra_length;
5717 segment->p_filesz += extra_length;
5720 segment2->p_type = PT_NULL;
5725 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5726 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
5730 unsigned int section_count;
5731 asection **sections;
5732 asection *output_section;
5734 bfd_vma matching_lma;
5735 bfd_vma suggested_lma;
5738 asection *first_section;
5739 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma;
5740 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma;
5742 if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
5745 first_section = NULL;
5746 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5747 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
5749 section = section->next)
5751 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
5752 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5753 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5755 if (first_section == NULL)
5756 first_section = section;
5757 if (section->output_section != NULL)
5762 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5763 all of the sections we have selected. */
5764 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
5765 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
5766 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
5770 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5771 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5773 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
5774 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
5775 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
5777 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
5778 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
5780 if (!first_section || first_section->output_section != NULL)
5782 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
5783 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
5786 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5787 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5788 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
5789 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
5790 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
5792 if (!phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5794 map->includes_phdrs =
5795 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5796 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
5797 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
5798 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
5800 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
5801 phdr_included = TRUE;
5804 if (section_count == 0)
5806 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5807 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5808 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5809 a warning is produced. */
5810 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD)
5811 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment"
5812 " detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5816 *pointer_to_map = map;
5817 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5822 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5823 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5824 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5825 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5827 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5828 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5831 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5832 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5833 of the first section.
5835 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5836 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5837 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5838 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5839 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5841 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5842 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5843 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5844 or segments to contain the other sections.
5846 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5847 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5848 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5850 sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *));
5851 if (sections == NULL)
5854 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5855 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5856 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5857 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5858 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5863 first_matching_lma = TRUE;
5864 first_suggested_lma = TRUE;
5866 for (section = ibfd->sections;
5868 section = section->next)
5869 if (section == first_section)
5872 for (j = 0; section != NULL; section = section->next)
5874 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
5876 output_section = section->output_section;
5878 sections[j++] = section;
5880 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5881 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5882 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5883 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5885 && segment->p_vaddr != 0
5886 && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5888 && output_section->lma != 0
5889 && output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr
5890 + (map->includes_filehdr
5893 + (map->includes_phdrs
5895 * iehdr->e_phentsize)
5897 map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr;
5899 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5900 LMA address of the output section. */
5901 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
5902 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)
5903 || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5904 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment)))
5906 if (first_matching_lma || output_section->lma < matching_lma)
5908 matching_lma = output_section->lma;
5909 first_matching_lma = FALSE;
5912 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5913 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5915 map->sections[isec++] = output_section;
5917 else if (first_suggested_lma)
5919 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
5920 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
5923 if (j == section_count)
5928 BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count);
5930 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5932 if (isec == section_count)
5934 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5935 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5936 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5937 program header in the input BFD. */
5938 map->count = section_count;
5939 *pointer_to_map = map;
5940 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
5943 && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5944 && matching_lma != map->p_paddr
5945 && !map->includes_filehdr
5946 && !map->includes_phdrs)
5947 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
5948 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
5950 map->p_vaddr_offset = matching_lma - map->p_paddr;
5957 if (!first_matching_lma)
5959 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5960 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5961 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5962 map->p_paddr = matching_lma;
5966 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5967 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5968 the LMA of the first section. */
5969 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
5972 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5973 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5974 if (map->includes_filehdr)
5976 if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_ehsize)
5977 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize;
5980 map->includes_filehdr = FALSE;
5981 map->includes_phdrs = FALSE;
5985 if (map->includes_phdrs)
5987 if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)
5989 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize;
5991 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5992 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5993 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5994 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5995 offset when we know the correct value. */
5996 phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum;
5997 phdr_adjust_seg = map;
6000 map->includes_phdrs = FALSE;
6004 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
6005 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
6006 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
6007 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
6008 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
6009 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
6016 first_suggested_lma = TRUE;
6018 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
6019 for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++)
6021 section = sections[j];
6023 if (section == NULL)
6026 output_section = section->output_section;
6028 BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL);
6030 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
6031 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section))
6033 if (map->count == 0)
6035 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
6036 the beginning of the segment, then something is
6038 if (output_section->lma
6040 + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0)
6041 + (map->includes_phdrs
6042 ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize
6050 prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1];
6052 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
6053 and the start of this section is more than
6054 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
6055 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size,
6057 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize))
6058 || (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size
6059 > output_section->lma))
6061 if (first_suggested_lma)
6063 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
6064 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
6071 map->sections[map->count++] = output_section;
6074 section->segment_mark = TRUE;
6076 else if (first_suggested_lma)
6078 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
6079 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
6083 BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0);
6085 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
6086 *pointer_to_map = map;
6087 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
6089 if (isec < section_count)
6091 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
6092 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
6093 and carry on looping. */
6094 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
6095 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
6096 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
6103 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
6104 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
6105 not yet been assigned. */
6107 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
6108 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
6109 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
6110 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
6111 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
6112 map->includes_filehdr = 0;
6113 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
6116 while (isec < section_count);
6121 elf_seg_map (obfd) = map_first;
6123 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
6124 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
6125 the offset if necessary. */
6126 if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL)
6130 for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
6133 if (count > phdr_adjust_num)
6134 phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr
6135 -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize;
6140 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
6141 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
6143 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
6144 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
6145 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
6146 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
6147 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
6148 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
6152 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
6155 copy_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6157 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
6158 struct elf_segment_map *map;
6159 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
6160 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
6161 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
6163 unsigned int num_segments;
6164 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
6165 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid;
6167 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
6170 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
6172 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
6173 map->p_paddr_valid. */
6174 p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
6175 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
6176 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6179 if (segment->p_paddr != 0)
6181 p_paddr_valid = TRUE;
6185 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6190 unsigned int section_count;
6192 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
6193 asection *first_section = NULL;
6194 asection *lowest_section;
6196 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
6197 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
6199 section = section->next)
6201 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
6202 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
6204 if (first_section == NULL)
6205 first_section = section;
6210 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6211 all of the sections we have selected. */
6212 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
6213 if (section_count != 0)
6214 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
6215 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
6219 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
6222 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
6223 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
6224 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
6225 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
6226 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
6227 map->p_align = segment->p_align;
6228 map->p_align_valid = 1;
6229 map->p_vaddr_offset = 0;
6231 if (map->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO
6232 || map->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
6234 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
6235 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
6236 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
6237 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
6238 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
6240 map->p_size = segment->p_memsz;
6241 map->p_size_valid = 1;
6244 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6245 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6246 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
6247 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
6249 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
6250 if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
6252 map->includes_phdrs =
6253 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
6254 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
6255 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
6256 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
6258 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
6259 phdr_included = TRUE;
6262 lowest_section = first_section;
6263 if (section_count != 0)
6265 unsigned int isec = 0;
6267 for (section = first_section;
6269 section = section->next)
6271 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
6272 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
6274 map->sections[isec++] = section->output_section;
6275 if ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6279 if (section->lma < lowest_section->lma)
6280 lowest_section = section;
6282 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
6283 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
6284 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
6285 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
6287 if ((section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
6288 seg_off = this_hdr->sh_offset - segment->p_offset;
6290 seg_off = this_hdr->sh_addr - segment->p_vaddr;
6291 if (section->lma - segment->p_paddr != seg_off)
6292 map->p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
6294 if (isec == section_count)
6300 if (map->includes_filehdr && lowest_section != NULL)
6301 /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */
6302 map->header_size = lowest_section->vma - segment->p_vaddr;
6304 if (!map->includes_phdrs
6305 && !map->includes_filehdr
6306 && map->p_paddr_valid)
6307 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
6308 map->p_vaddr_offset = ((lowest_section ? lowest_section->lma : 0)
6309 - segment->p_paddr);
6311 map->count = section_count;
6312 *pointer_to_map = map;
6313 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
6316 elf_seg_map (obfd) = map_first;
6320 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
6324 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6326 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6327 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6330 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL)
6333 if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec)
6335 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
6336 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
6337 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
6338 asection *section, *osec;
6339 unsigned int i, num_segments;
6340 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
6341 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6343 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
6345 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
6346 if (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero)
6349 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
6350 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
6351 section = section->next)
6352 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
6354 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
6355 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6359 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
6360 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
6361 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
6362 map in this case. */
6363 if (segment->p_paddr == 0
6364 && segment->p_memsz == 0
6365 && (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP || segment->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC))
6368 for (section = ibfd->sections;
6369 section != NULL; section = section->next)
6371 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
6372 from the input BFD. */
6373 osec = section->output_section;
6375 osec->segment_mark = TRUE;
6377 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
6378 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
6379 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
6381 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
6382 removed. What else do we need to check? */
6384 || section->flags != osec->flags
6385 || section->lma != osec->lma
6386 || section->vma != osec->vma
6387 || section->size != osec->size
6388 || section->rawsize != osec->rawsize
6389 || section->alignment_power != osec->alignment_power)
6395 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
6397 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
6398 section = section->next)
6400 if (section->segment_mark == FALSE)
6403 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
6406 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
6410 if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec)
6412 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
6413 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
6414 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
6416 unsigned int num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
6417 bfd_vma maxpagesize = 0;
6419 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6422 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD
6423 && maxpagesize < segment->p_align)
6424 maxpagesize = segment->p_align;
6426 if (maxpagesize != get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize)
6427 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd), maxpagesize);
6430 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
6433 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
6436 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
6440 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
6443 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
6444 bfd_boolean final_link = link_info != NULL && !link_info->relocatable;
6446 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6447 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6450 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec) != NULL);
6452 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
6453 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
6454 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags
6455 that the linker clears to differ. */
6456 if (elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NULL
6457 && (osec->flags == isec->flags
6459 && ((osec->flags ^ isec->flags)
6460 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC)) == 0)))
6461 elf_section_type (osec) = elf_section_type (isec);
6463 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
6464 elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec)
6465 & (SHF_MASKOS | SHF_MASKPROC));
6467 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
6468 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
6469 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
6470 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
6473 if (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL
6474 || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
6476 if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GROUP)
6477 elf_section_flags (osec) |= SHF_GROUP;
6478 elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec);
6479 elf_section_data (osec)->group = elf_section_data (isec)->group;
6483 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
6485 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
6486 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
6487 may be NULL at this point. */
6488 if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
6490 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
6491 ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER;
6492 elf_linked_to_section (osec) = elf_linked_to_section (isec);
6495 osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p;
6500 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
6501 field, and sometimes the info field. */
6504 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
6509 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
6511 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6512 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6515 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
6516 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
6518 ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize;
6520 if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
6521 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM
6522 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed
6523 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef)
6524 ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info;
6526 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec,
6530 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
6531 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
6532 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
6533 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
6534 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
6538 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd *ibfd, asection *discarded)
6542 for (isec = ibfd->sections; isec != NULL; isec = isec->next)
6543 if (elf_section_type (isec) == SHT_GROUP)
6545 asection *first = elf_next_in_group (isec);
6546 asection *s = first;
6547 bfd_size_type removed = 0;
6551 /* If this member section is being output but the
6552 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
6553 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
6554 if (s->output_section != discarded
6555 && isec->output_section == discarded)
6557 elf_section_flags (s->output_section) &= ~SHF_GROUP;
6558 elf_group_name (s->output_section) = NULL;
6560 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
6561 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
6562 else if (s->output_section == discarded
6563 && isec->output_section != discarded)
6565 s = elf_next_in_group (s);
6571 if (discarded != NULL)
6573 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
6574 adjust the input section size. This function may
6575 be called multiple times, so save the original
6577 if (isec->rawsize == 0)
6578 isec->rawsize = isec->size;
6579 isec->size = isec->rawsize - removed;
6583 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
6585 isec->output_section->size -= removed;
6593 /* Copy private header information. */
6596 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6598 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6599 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6602 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
6603 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
6604 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
6605 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
6606 already been worked out. */
6607 if (elf_seg_map (obfd) == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL)
6609 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
6613 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd, NULL);
6616 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6617 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6618 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6619 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6620 swap_out_syms function. */
6622 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6623 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6624 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6625 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6626 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6629 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd,
6634 elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym;
6636 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6637 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6640 isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg);
6641 osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg);
6644 && isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0
6646 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section))
6650 shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
6651 if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd))
6652 shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB;
6653 else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd))
6654 shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB;
6655 else if (shndx == elf_strtab_sec (ibfd))
6657 else if (shndx == elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd))
6658 shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB;
6659 else if (shndx == elf_symtab_shndx (ibfd))
6660 shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX;
6661 osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx;
6667 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6670 swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd,
6671 struct bfd_strtab_hash **sttp,
6674 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6677 struct bfd_strtab_hash *stt;
6678 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6679 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr;
6680 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
6681 bfd_byte *outbound_syms;
6682 bfd_byte *outbound_shndx;
6684 unsigned int num_locals;
6686 bfd_boolean name_local_sections;
6688 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd, &num_locals))
6691 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6692 stt = _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6696 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6697 symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
6698 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6699 symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
6700 symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6701 symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1);
6702 symtab_hdr->sh_info = num_locals + 1;
6703 symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
6705 symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
6706 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6708 outbound_syms = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount,
6709 bed->s->sizeof_sym);
6710 if (outbound_syms == NULL)
6712 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6715 symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms;
6717 outbound_shndx = NULL;
6718 symtab_shndx_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_shndx_hdr;
6719 if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0)
6721 amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6722 outbound_shndx = (bfd_byte *)
6723 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
6724 if (outbound_shndx == NULL)
6726 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6730 symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx;
6731 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX;
6732 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt;
6733 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6734 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6737 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6739 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6740 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
6746 sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
6747 sym.st_target_internal = 0;
6748 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6749 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6750 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6751 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6755 = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6756 && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd));
6758 syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
6759 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
6761 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
6762 bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value;
6763 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
6764 flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags;
6767 if (!name_local_sections
6768 && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6770 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6775 sym.st_name = (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt,
6778 if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
6780 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6785 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]);
6787 if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
6788 && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
6790 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6791 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6792 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6793 sym.st_size = value;
6794 if (type_ptr == NULL
6795 || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0)
6796 sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value));
6798 sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
6799 sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6800 (abfd, syms[idx]->section);
6804 asection *sec = syms[idx]->section;
6807 if (sec->output_section)
6809 value += sec->output_offset;
6810 sec = sec->output_section;
6813 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6814 if (! relocatable_p)
6816 sym.st_value = value;
6817 sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0;
6819 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)
6821 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0)
6823 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6824 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6825 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6826 shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
6830 shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
6833 shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd);
6836 shndx = elf_strtab_sec (abfd);
6839 shndx = elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd);
6842 shndx = elf_symtab_shndx (abfd);
6851 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
6853 if (shndx == SHN_BAD)
6857 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6858 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6859 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6860 demand of applications. For example, it
6861 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6862 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6863 actually in the output file. */
6864 sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name);
6867 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6868 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6869 syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>",
6871 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
6872 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt);
6876 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2);
6877 BFD_ASSERT (shndx != SHN_BAD);
6881 sym.st_shndx = shndx;
6884 if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
6886 else if ((flags & BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION) != 0)
6887 type = STT_GNU_IFUNC;
6888 else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
6890 else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0)
6892 else if ((flags & BSF_RELC) != 0)
6894 else if ((flags & BSF_SRELC) != 0)
6899 if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
6902 /* Processor-specific types. */
6903 if (type_ptr != NULL
6904 && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6905 type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
6906 (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type));
6908 if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6910 if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6911 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
6913 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
6915 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
6917 #ifdef USE_STT_COMMON
6918 if (type == STT_OBJECT)
6919 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_COMMON);
6922 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type);
6924 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section))
6925 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK)
6929 else if (flags & BSF_FILE)
6930 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
6933 int bind = STB_LOCAL;
6935 if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
6937 else if (flags & BSF_GNU_UNIQUE)
6938 bind = STB_GNU_UNIQUE;
6939 else if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
6941 else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
6944 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type);
6947 if (type_ptr != NULL)
6949 sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
6950 sym.st_target_internal
6951 = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_target_internal;
6956 sym.st_target_internal = 0;
6959 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &sym, outbound_syms, outbound_shndx);
6960 outbound_syms += bed->s->sizeof_sym;
6961 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
6962 outbound_shndx += sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
6966 symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_stringtab_size (stt);
6967 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
6969 symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
6970 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
6971 symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6972 symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
6973 symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
6974 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
6979 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6981 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6982 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6983 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6986 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
6990 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
6992 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
6993 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
6995 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
7001 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
7005 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
7007 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
7009 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
7013 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
7014 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
7016 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
7022 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7025 return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *);
7028 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
7031 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd,
7038 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7040 if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE))
7043 tblptr = section->relocation;
7044 for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++)
7045 *relptr++ = tblptr++;
7049 return section->reloc_count;
7053 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation)
7055 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7056 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE);
7059 bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
7064 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
7065 asymbol **allocation)
7067 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7068 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE);
7071 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
7075 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
7076 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
7077 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
7078 dynamic reloc section. */
7081 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
7086 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
7088 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
7092 ret = sizeof (arelent *);
7093 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
7094 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
7095 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
7096 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
7097 ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize)
7098 * sizeof (arelent *));
7103 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
7104 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
7105 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
7106 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
7107 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
7108 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
7109 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
7112 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd,
7116 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
7120 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
7122 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
7126 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
7128 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
7130 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
7131 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
7132 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
7137 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE))
7139 count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize;
7141 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
7152 /* Read in the version information. */
7155 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver)
7157 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
7158 unsigned int freeidx = 0;
7160 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
7162 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
7163 Elf_External_Verneed *everneed;
7164 Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed;
7166 bfd_byte *contents_end;
7168 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr;
7170 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = (Elf_Internal_Verneed *)
7171 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed));
7172 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)
7175 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = hdr->sh_info;
7177 contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
7178 if (contents == NULL)
7180 error_return_verref:
7181 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL;
7182 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0;
7185 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
7186 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
7187 goto error_return_verref;
7189 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed))
7190 goto error_return_verref;
7192 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)
7193 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux));
7194 contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed);
7195 everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents;
7196 iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
7197 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++)
7199 Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux;
7200 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux;
7203 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed);
7205 iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd;
7207 iverneed->vn_filename =
7208 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
7210 if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL)
7211 goto error_return_verref;
7213 if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0)
7214 iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL;
7217 iverneed->vn_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_vernaux *)
7218 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt,
7219 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux));
7220 if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL)
7221 goto error_return_verref;
7224 if (iverneed->vn_aux
7225 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
7226 goto error_return_verref;
7228 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
7229 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux));
7230 ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr;
7231 for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++)
7233 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux);
7235 ivernaux->vna_nodename =
7236 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
7237 ivernaux->vna_name);
7238 if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL)
7239 goto error_return_verref;
7241 if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt)
7242 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1;
7244 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL;
7246 if (ivernaux->vna_next
7247 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux))
7248 goto error_return_verref;
7250 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
7251 ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next));
7253 if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx)
7254 freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other;
7257 if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
7258 iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1;
7260 iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL;
7262 if (iverneed->vn_next
7263 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
7264 goto error_return_verref;
7266 everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *)
7267 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next));
7274 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
7276 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
7277 Elf_External_Verdef *everdef;
7278 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
7279 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr;
7280 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem;
7282 unsigned int maxidx;
7283 bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux;
7285 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr;
7287 contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
7288 if (contents == NULL)
7290 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
7291 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
7294 if (hdr->sh_info && hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef))
7297 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)
7298 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux));
7299 contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size
7300 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef);
7301 contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size
7302 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux);
7304 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
7305 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
7307 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
7309 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i)
7311 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
7313 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx)
7314 maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION);
7316 if (iverdefmem.vd_next
7317 > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
7320 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
7321 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next));
7324 if (default_imported_symver)
7326 if (freeidx > maxidx)
7331 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *)
7332 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
7333 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
7336 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx;
7338 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
7339 iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef;
7340 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++)
7342 Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux;
7343 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
7346 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
7348 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0)
7350 error_return_verdef:
7351 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL;
7352 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0;
7356 iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1];
7357 memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
7359 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
7361 if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0)
7362 iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL;
7365 iverdef->vd_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_verdaux *)
7366 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt,
7367 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
7368 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
7369 goto error_return_verdef;
7373 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
7374 goto error_return_verdef;
7376 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
7377 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux));
7378 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
7379 for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++)
7381 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux);
7383 iverdaux->vda_nodename =
7384 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
7385 iverdaux->vda_name);
7386 if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL)
7387 goto error_return_verdef;
7389 if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt)
7390 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1;
7392 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
7394 if (iverdaux->vda_next
7395 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux))
7396 goto error_return_verdef;
7398 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
7399 ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next));
7402 if (iverdef->vd_cnt)
7403 iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename;
7405 if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx)
7406 iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1;
7408 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
7410 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
7411 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next));
7417 else if (default_imported_symver)
7424 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *)
7425 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
7426 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
7429 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx;
7432 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
7433 if (default_imported_symver)
7435 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
7436 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
7438 iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1];
7440 iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT;
7441 iverdef->vd_flags = 0;
7442 iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx;
7443 iverdef->vd_cnt = 1;
7445 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
7447 iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd);
7448 if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL)
7449 goto error_return_verdef;
7450 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
7451 iverdef->vd_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_verdaux *)
7452 bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
7453 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
7454 goto error_return_verdef;
7456 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
7457 iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename;
7458 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
7464 if (contents != NULL)
7470 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd)
7472 elf_symbol_type *newsym;
7473 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (elf_symbol_type);
7475 newsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7480 newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
7481 return &newsym->symbol;
7486 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7490 bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
7493 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
7494 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
7498 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7501 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
7502 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L')
7505 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
7506 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
7507 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.')
7510 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
7511 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
7512 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
7513 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
7514 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
7515 we treat such symbols as local. */
7516 if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_')
7523 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7524 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7531 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd,
7532 enum bfd_architecture arch,
7533 unsigned long machine)
7535 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
7536 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
7537 if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch
7538 && arch != bfd_arch_unknown
7539 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
7542 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
7545 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
7546 for error reporting. */
7549 elf_find_function (bfd *abfd,
7553 const char **filename_ptr,
7554 const char **functionname_ptr)
7556 struct elf_find_function_cache
7558 asection *last_section;
7560 const char *filename;
7561 bfd_size_type func_size;
7564 if (symbols == NULL)
7567 cache = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_find_function_cache;
7570 cache = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*cache));
7571 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_find_function_cache = cache;
7575 if (cache->last_section != section
7576 || cache->func == NULL
7577 || offset < cache->func->value
7578 || offset >= cache->func->value + cache->func_size)
7583 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
7584 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
7585 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
7586 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
7587 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
7588 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
7589 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
7590 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
7591 enum { nothing_seen, symbol_seen, file_after_symbol_seen } state;
7592 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7596 state = nothing_seen;
7597 cache->filename = NULL;
7599 cache->func_size = 0;
7600 cache->last_section = section;
7602 for (p = symbols; *p != NULL; p++)
7608 if ((sym->flags & BSF_FILE) != 0)
7611 if (state == symbol_seen)
7612 state = file_after_symbol_seen;
7616 size = bed->maybe_function_sym (sym, section, &code_off);
7618 && code_off <= offset
7619 && (code_off > low_func
7620 || (code_off == low_func
7621 && size > cache->func_size)))
7624 cache->func_size = size;
7625 cache->filename = NULL;
7626 low_func = code_off;
7628 && ((sym->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0
7629 || state != file_after_symbol_seen))
7630 cache->filename = bfd_asymbol_name (file);
7632 if (state == nothing_seen)
7633 state = symbol_seen;
7637 if (cache->func == NULL)
7641 *filename_ptr = cache->filename;
7642 if (functionname_ptr)
7643 *functionname_ptr = bfd_asymbol_name (cache->func);
7648 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
7649 for error reporting. */
7652 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd,
7656 const char **filename_ptr,
7657 const char **functionname_ptr,
7658 unsigned int *line_ptr)
7660 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line_discriminator (abfd, section, symbols,
7661 offset, filename_ptr,
7668 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line_discriminator (bfd *abfd,
7672 const char **filename_ptr,
7673 const char **functionname_ptr,
7674 unsigned int *line_ptr,
7675 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr)
7679 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7680 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7683 if (!*functionname_ptr)
7684 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7685 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
7691 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, dwarf_debug_sections,
7692 section, symbols, offset,
7693 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
7694 line_ptr, discriminator_ptr, 0,
7695 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
7697 if (!*functionname_ptr)
7698 elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7699 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
7705 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
7706 &found, filename_ptr,
7707 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
7708 &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info))
7710 if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr))
7713 if (symbols == NULL)
7716 if (! elf_find_function (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
7717 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr))
7724 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7727 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol,
7728 const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr)
7730 return _bfd_elf_find_line_discriminator (abfd, symbols, symbol,
7731 filename_ptr, line_ptr,
7736 _bfd_elf_find_line_discriminator (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol,
7737 const char **filename_ptr,
7738 unsigned int *line_ptr,
7739 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr)
7741 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_line (abfd, symbols, symbol,
7742 filename_ptr, line_ptr, discriminator_ptr, 0,
7743 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7746 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7747 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7748 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7749 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7750 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7753 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
7754 const char **filename_ptr,
7755 const char **functionname_ptr,
7756 unsigned int *line_ptr)
7759 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
7760 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
7761 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7766 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7768 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7769 int ret = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
7771 if (!info->relocatable)
7773 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_program_header_size (abfd);
7775 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
7777 struct elf_segment_map *m;
7780 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
7781 phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
7784 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
7787 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = phdr_size;
7795 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd,
7797 const void *location,
7799 bfd_size_type count)
7801 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
7804 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
7805 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
7808 hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr;
7809 pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset;
7810 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
7811 || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count)
7818 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7819 arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7820 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7825 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7828 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc)
7830 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7832 if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec)
7834 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
7835 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7837 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7838 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7840 if (areloc->howto->pc_relative)
7842 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
7845 code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
7848 code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL;
7851 code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
7854 code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL;
7857 code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
7860 code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
7866 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
7868 if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset)
7870 if (howto->pcrel_offset)
7871 areloc->addend += areloc->address;
7873 areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7878 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
7884 code = BFD_RELOC_14;
7887 code = BFD_RELOC_16;
7890 code = BFD_RELOC_26;
7893 code = BFD_RELOC_32;
7896 code = BFD_RELOC_64;
7902 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
7906 areloc->howto = howto;
7914 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7915 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7916 abfd, areloc->howto->name);
7917 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7922 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd)
7924 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
7925 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object && tdata != NULL)
7927 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->o != NULL && elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL)
7928 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
7929 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd, &tdata->dwarf2_find_line_info);
7932 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd);
7935 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7936 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7937 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7940 bfd_reloc_status_type
7941 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7942 (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7943 struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7944 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7945 bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7947 return bfd_reloc_ok;
7950 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7951 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7952 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7953 out details about the corefile. */
7955 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7956 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
7957 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
7958 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7961 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
7962 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
7965 elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd)
7969 pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid;
7971 pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid;
7976 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7977 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7978 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7982 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect)
7986 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL)
7989 sect2 = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, name, sect->flags);
7993 sect2->size = sect->size;
7994 sect2->filepos = sect->filepos;
7995 sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power;
7999 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
8000 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
8001 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
8002 such a section already exists.
8003 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
8004 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
8005 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
8007 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
8013 char *threaded_name;
8017 /* Build the section name. */
8019 sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
8020 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
8021 threaded_name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8022 if (threaded_name == NULL)
8024 memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len);
8026 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, threaded_name,
8031 sect->filepos = filepos;
8032 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8034 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect);
8037 /* prstatus_t exists on:
8039 linux 2.[01] + glibc
8043 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8046 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8051 if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t))
8055 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
8056 offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg);
8057 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
8059 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
8060 has already been set by another thread. */
8061 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0)
8062 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
8063 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid == 0)
8064 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = prstat.pr_pid;
8066 /* pr_who exists on:
8069 pr_who doesn't exist on:
8072 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
8073 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
8075 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_pid;
8078 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
8079 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t))
8081 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8082 prstatus32_t prstat;
8084 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
8085 offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg);
8086 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
8088 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
8089 has already been set by another thread. */
8090 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0)
8091 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
8092 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid == 0)
8093 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = prstat.pr_pid;
8095 /* pr_who exists on:
8098 pr_who doesn't exist on:
8101 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
8102 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
8104 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_pid;
8107 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
8110 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8111 note size (ie. data object type). */
8115 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
8116 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
8117 size, note->descpos + offset);
8119 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
8121 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
8123 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
8125 Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8127 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name,
8128 note->descsz, note->descpos);
8131 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
8132 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
8133 data structure apart. */
8136 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8138 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
8141 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
8142 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
8146 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8148 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
8151 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
8152 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
8153 contents literally. */
8156 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8158 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xstate", note);
8162 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8164 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note);
8168 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8170 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note);
8174 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8176 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note);
8180 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8182 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-timer", note);
8186 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8188 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note);
8192 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8194 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note);
8198 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8200 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note);
8204 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8206 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-prefix", note);
8210 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8212 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-last-break", note);
8216 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8218 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-system-call", note);
8222 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8224 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-tdb", note);
8228 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8230 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-arm-vfp", note);
8234 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8236 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-tls", note);
8240 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8242 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note);
8246 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8248 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note);
8251 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
8252 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
8253 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8254 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
8258 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8259 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
8260 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8261 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
8265 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
8266 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
8267 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
8270 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max)
8273 char *end = (char *) memchr (start, '\0', max);
8281 dups = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1);
8285 memcpy (dups, start, len);
8291 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8293 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8295 if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t))
8297 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo;
8299 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
8301 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
8302 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = psinfo.pr_pid;
8304 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
8305 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
8306 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
8308 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
8309 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
8310 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
8312 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8313 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t))
8315 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8316 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo;
8318 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
8320 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
8321 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = psinfo.pr_pid;
8323 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
8324 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
8325 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
8327 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
8328 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
8329 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
8335 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8336 note size (ie. data object type). */
8340 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
8341 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
8342 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
8345 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
8346 int n = strlen (command);
8348 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
8349 command[n - 1] = '\0';
8354 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
8356 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8358 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8360 if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t)
8361 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
8362 || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t)
8368 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
8370 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = pstat.pr_pid;
8372 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
8373 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t))
8375 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8378 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
8380 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = pstat.pr_pid;
8383 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
8384 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
8385 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
8389 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
8391 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8393 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8395 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
8401 if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat)
8402 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
8403 && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t)
8408 memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat));
8410 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid;
8411 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
8413 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0)
8414 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig;
8416 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8418 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
8419 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
8420 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8423 memcpy (name, buf, len);
8425 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8429 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8430 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
8431 sect->filepos = note->descpos
8432 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
8435 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8436 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg);
8437 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg);
8440 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8442 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
8445 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
8447 sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
8448 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
8449 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8452 memcpy (name, buf, len);
8454 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8458 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8459 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
8460 sect->filepos = note->descpos
8461 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
8464 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
8465 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg);
8466 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg);
8469 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8471 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect);
8473 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
8476 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8483 int is_active_thread;
8486 if (note->descsz < 728)
8489 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note->namedata, "win32"))
8492 type = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata);
8496 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
8497 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
8498 /* process_info.pid */
8499 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
8500 /* process_info.signal */
8501 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
8504 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
8505 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8506 /* thread_info.tid */
8507 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8));
8509 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
8510 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8514 memcpy (name, buf, len);
8516 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8520 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8522 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8523 sect->filepos = note->descpos + 12;
8524 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8526 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
8527 is_active_thread = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
8529 if (is_active_thread)
8530 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
8534 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
8535 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
8536 /* module_info.base_address */
8537 base_addr = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 4);
8538 sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr);
8540 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
8541 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8545 memcpy (name, buf, len);
8547 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
8552 sect->size = note->descsz;
8553 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8554 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8565 elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8567 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8575 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus)
8576 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note))
8578 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8579 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note);
8584 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8586 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note);
8589 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8591 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note);
8594 case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
8595 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
8597 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS:
8598 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note);
8600 case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */
8601 if (note->namesz == 6
8602 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8603 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note);
8607 case NT_X86_XSTATE: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
8608 if (note->namesz == 6
8609 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8610 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd, note);
8615 if (note->namesz == 6
8616 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8617 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd, note);
8622 if (note->namesz == 6
8623 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8624 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd, note);
8628 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS:
8629 if (note->namesz == 6
8630 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8631 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd, note);
8636 if (note->namesz == 6
8637 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8638 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd, note);
8642 case NT_S390_TODCMP:
8643 if (note->namesz == 6
8644 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8645 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd, note);
8649 case NT_S390_TODPREG:
8650 if (note->namesz == 6
8651 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8652 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd, note);
8657 if (note->namesz == 6
8658 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8659 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd, note);
8663 case NT_S390_PREFIX:
8664 if (note->namesz == 6
8665 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8666 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd, note);
8670 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK:
8671 if (note->namesz == 6
8672 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8673 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd, note);
8677 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL:
8678 if (note->namesz == 6
8679 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8680 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd, note);
8685 if (note->namesz == 6
8686 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8687 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd, note);
8692 if (note->namesz == 6
8693 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8694 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd, note);
8699 if (note->namesz == 6
8700 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8701 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd, note);
8705 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK:
8706 if (note->namesz == 6
8707 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8708 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd, note);
8712 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH:
8713 if (note->namesz == 6
8714 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
8715 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd, note);
8721 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo)
8722 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note))
8724 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8725 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note);
8732 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
8737 sect->size = note->descsz;
8738 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8739 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
8745 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.linuxcore.file",
8749 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
8755 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8757 struct elf_obj_tdata *t;
8759 if (note->descsz == 0)
8762 t = elf_tdata (abfd);
8763 t->build_id = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*t->build_id) - 1 + note->descsz);
8764 if (t->build_id == NULL)
8767 t->build_id->size = note->descsz;
8768 memcpy (t->build_id->data, note->descdata, note->descsz);
8774 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8781 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID:
8782 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd, note);
8787 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8789 struct sdt_note *cur =
8790 (struct sdt_note *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct sdt_note)
8793 cur->next = (struct sdt_note *) (elf_tdata (abfd))->sdt_note_head;
8794 cur->size = (bfd_size_type) note->descsz;
8795 memcpy (cur->data, note->descdata, note->descsz);
8797 elf_tdata (abfd)->sdt_note_head = cur;
8803 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8808 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd, note);
8816 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp)
8820 cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@');
8823 *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1);
8830 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8832 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
8833 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal
8834 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
8836 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
8837 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
8838 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50);
8840 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
8841 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
8842 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31);
8844 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
8849 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8853 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp))
8854 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = lwp;
8856 if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO)
8858 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
8859 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
8860 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
8861 creates a core file. */
8863 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
8866 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
8867 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
8868 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
8871 if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH)
8875 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
8877 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
8878 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
8880 case bfd_arch_alpha:
8881 case bfd_arch_sparc:
8884 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0:
8885 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
8887 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2:
8888 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
8894 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
8895 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
8900 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1:
8901 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
8903 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3:
8904 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
8914 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8916 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
8917 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal
8918 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
8920 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
8921 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
8922 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x20);
8924 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
8925 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
8926 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x48, 31);
8932 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8934 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO)
8935 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
8937 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_REGS)
8938 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
8940 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS)
8941 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
8943 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS)
8944 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
8946 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_AUXV)
8948 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
8953 sect->size = note->descsz;
8954 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8955 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
8960 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE)
8962 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".wcookie",
8967 sect->size = note->descsz;
8968 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
8969 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
8978 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, long *tid)
8980 void *ddata = note->descdata;
8987 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
8988 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata);
8990 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
8991 *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4);
8993 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
8994 flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8);
8996 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
8997 if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0)
8999 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = sig;
9000 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = *tid;
9003 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
9004 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
9005 thread just in case. */
9006 if (flags & 0x00000080)
9007 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = *tid;
9009 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
9010 sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid);
9012 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
9017 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
9021 sect->size = note->descsz;
9022 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
9023 sect->alignment_power = 2;
9025 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect));
9029 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd,
9030 Elf_Internal_Note *note,
9038 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
9039 sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, tid);
9041 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
9046 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
9050 sect->size = note->descsz;
9051 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
9052 sect->alignment_power = 2;
9054 /* This is the current thread. */
9055 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid == tid)
9056 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect);
9061 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
9062 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
9063 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
9064 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
9067 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9069 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
9070 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
9072 static long tid = 1;
9076 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO:
9077 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note);
9078 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS:
9079 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid);
9080 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG:
9081 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg");
9082 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG:
9083 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2");
9090 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9096 /* Use note name as section name. */
9098 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
9101 memcpy (name, note->namedata, len);
9102 name[len - 1] = '\0';
9104 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
9108 sect->size = note->descsz;
9109 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
9110 sect->alignment_power = 1;
9115 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
9118 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
9122 size of data for note
9124 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
9125 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
9126 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
9127 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
9130 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
9133 elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd,
9141 Elf_External_Note *xnp;
9148 namesz = strlen (name) + 1;
9150 newspace = 12 + ((namesz + 3) & -4) + ((size + 3) & -4);
9152 buf = (char *) realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace);
9155 dest = buf + *bufsiz;
9156 *bufsiz += newspace;
9157 xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest;
9158 H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz);
9159 H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz);
9160 H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type);
9164 memcpy (dest, name, namesz);
9172 memcpy (dest, input, size);
9183 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd,
9189 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9191 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
9194 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9195 NT_PRPSINFO, fname, psargs);
9200 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9201 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9202 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
9204 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9206 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
9209 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
9212 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
9213 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
9214 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
9215 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9216 "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
9221 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9223 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
9226 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
9229 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
9230 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
9231 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
9232 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9233 "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
9235 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
9242 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
9243 (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz,
9244 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo *prpsinfo)
9246 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32 data;
9248 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
9249 LINUX_PRPSINFO32_SWAP_FIELDS (abfd, prpsinfo, data);
9251 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO,
9252 &data, sizeof (data));
9256 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
9257 (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz,
9258 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo *prpsinfo)
9260 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64 data;
9262 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
9263 LINUX_PRPSINFO64_SWAP_FIELDS (abfd, prpsinfo, data);
9265 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9266 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO, &data, sizeof (data));
9270 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd,
9277 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9279 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
9282 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9284 pid, cursig, gregs);
9289 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9290 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9291 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
9293 prstatus32_t prstat;
9295 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
9296 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
9297 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
9298 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
9299 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE",
9300 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
9307 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
9308 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
9309 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
9310 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
9311 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE",
9312 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
9314 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
9320 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9322 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd,
9329 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
9330 const char *note_name = "CORE";
9332 memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat));
9333 lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16;
9334 lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
9335 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9336 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg));
9337 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9339 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs,
9340 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs));
9342 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs,
9343 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs));
9346 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
9347 NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat));
9349 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
9351 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9353 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd,
9357 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9358 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
9360 const char *note_name = "CORE";
9361 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9362 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9364 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
9368 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
9369 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
9370 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
9371 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
9379 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
9380 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
9381 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
9382 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
9386 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
9389 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd,
9395 const char *note_name = "CORE";
9396 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9397 note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size);
9401 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd,
9404 const void *xfpregs,
9407 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9408 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9409 note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size);
9413 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz,
9414 const void *xfpregs, int size)
9416 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9417 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9418 note_name, NT_X86_XSTATE, xfpregs, size);
9422 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd,
9425 const void *ppc_vmx,
9428 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9429 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9430 note_name, NT_PPC_VMX, ppc_vmx, size);
9434 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd,
9437 const void *ppc_vsx,
9440 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9441 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9442 note_name, NT_PPC_VSX, ppc_vsx, size);
9446 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd,
9449 const void *s390_high_gprs,
9452 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9453 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9454 note_name, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS,
9455 s390_high_gprs, size);
9459 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd *abfd,
9462 const void *s390_timer,
9465 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9466 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9467 note_name, NT_S390_TIMER, s390_timer, size);
9471 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd,
9474 const void *s390_todcmp,
9477 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9478 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9479 note_name, NT_S390_TODCMP, s390_todcmp, size);
9483 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd,
9486 const void *s390_todpreg,
9489 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9490 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9491 note_name, NT_S390_TODPREG, s390_todpreg, size);
9495 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd,
9498 const void *s390_ctrs,
9501 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9502 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9503 note_name, NT_S390_CTRS, s390_ctrs, size);
9507 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd,
9510 const void *s390_prefix,
9513 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9514 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9515 note_name, NT_S390_PREFIX, s390_prefix, size);
9519 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd,
9522 const void *s390_last_break,
9525 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9526 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9527 note_name, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK,
9528 s390_last_break, size);
9532 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd,
9535 const void *s390_system_call,
9538 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9539 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9540 note_name, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL,
9541 s390_system_call, size);
9545 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd *abfd,
9548 const void *s390_tdb,
9551 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9552 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9553 note_name, NT_S390_TDB, s390_tdb, size);
9557 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd,
9560 const void *arm_vfp,
9563 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9564 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9565 note_name, NT_ARM_VFP, arm_vfp, size);
9569 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd *abfd,
9572 const void *aarch_tls,
9575 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9576 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9577 note_name, NT_ARM_TLS, aarch_tls, size);
9581 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd *abfd,
9584 const void *aarch_hw_break,
9587 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9588 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9589 note_name, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK, aarch_hw_break, size);
9593 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd *abfd,
9596 const void *aarch_hw_watch,
9599 char *note_name = "LINUX";
9600 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9601 note_name, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH, aarch_hw_watch, size);
9605 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd *abfd,
9608 const char *section,
9612 if (strcmp (section, ".reg2") == 0)
9613 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9614 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
9615 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9616 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
9617 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9618 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
9619 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9620 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
9621 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9622 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
9623 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9624 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
9625 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9626 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
9627 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9628 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
9629 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9630 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
9631 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9632 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
9633 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9634 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
9635 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9636 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
9637 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9638 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
9639 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9640 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
9641 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9642 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
9643 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9644 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
9645 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9646 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
9647 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
9652 elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size, file_ptr offset)
9657 while (p < buf + size)
9659 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
9660 Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p;
9661 Elf_Internal_Note in;
9663 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note, name) > buf - p + size)
9666 in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type);
9668 in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz);
9669 in.namedata = xnp->name;
9670 if (in.namesz > buf - in.namedata + size)
9673 in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz);
9674 in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4);
9675 in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf);
9677 && (in.descdata >= buf + size
9678 || in.descsz > buf - in.descdata + size))
9681 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd))
9687 if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "NetBSD-CORE"))
9689 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd, &in))
9692 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "OpenBSD"))
9694 if (! elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (abfd, &in))
9697 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "QNX"))
9699 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd, &in))
9702 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in.namedata, "SPU/"))
9704 if (! elfcore_grok_spu_note (abfd, &in))
9709 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd, &in))
9715 if (in.namesz == sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in.namedata, "GNU") == 0)
9717 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd, &in))
9720 else if (in.namesz == sizeof "stapsdt"
9721 && strcmp (in.namedata, "stapsdt") == 0)
9723 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd, &in))
9729 p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4);
9736 elf_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size)
9743 if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
9746 buf = (char *) bfd_malloc (size);
9750 if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size
9751 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd, buf, size, offset))
9761 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
9763 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
9764 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
9765 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
9768 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
9770 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
9772 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
9776 return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr);
9779 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
9780 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
9781 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
9782 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
9784 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
9785 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
9788 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs)
9792 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
9794 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
9798 num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
9799 memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr,
9800 num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
9805 enum elf_reloc_type_class
9806 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9807 const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9808 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
9810 return reloc_class_normal;
9813 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
9814 relocation against a local symbol. */
9817 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
9818 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
9820 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
9822 asection *sec = *psec;
9825 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
9826 + sec->output_offset
9828 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
9829 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
9830 && sec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
9833 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
9834 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
9835 sym->st_value + rel->r_addend);
9838 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
9839 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
9840 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
9841 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
9842 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
9843 if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
9844 sec->kept_section = *psec;
9847 rel->r_addend -= relocation;
9848 rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
9854 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
9855 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
9859 asection *sec = *psec;
9861 if (sec->sec_info_type != SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
9862 return sym->st_value + addend;
9864 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
9865 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
9866 sym->st_value + addend);
9870 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd,
9871 struct bfd_link_info *info,
9875 switch (sec->sec_info_type)
9877 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS:
9878 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
9880 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME:
9881 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset);
9883 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY) != 0)
9885 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9886 bfd_size_type address_size = bed->s->arch_size / 8;
9887 offset = sec->size - offset - address_size;
9893 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
9894 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
9895 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
9896 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
9897 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
9898 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
9900 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
9901 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
9902 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
9903 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
9904 the remote memory. */
9907 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
9911 int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, bfd_size_type))
9913 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory)
9914 (templ, ehdr_vma, loadbasep, target_read_memory);
9918 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
9919 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9920 asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9925 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9928 const char *relplt_name;
9929 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
9933 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
9939 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
9942 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
9945 if (!bed->plt_sym_val)
9948 relplt_name = bed->relplt_name;
9949 if (relplt_name == NULL)
9950 relplt_name = bed->rela_plts_and_copies_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
9951 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name);
9955 hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr;
9956 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
9957 || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA))
9960 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
9964 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
9965 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
9968 count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize;
9969 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
9970 p = relplt->relocation;
9971 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)
9973 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
9977 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64);
9979 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
9984 s = *ret = (asymbol *) bfd_malloc (size);
9988 names = (char *) (s + count);
9989 p = relplt->relocation;
9991 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)
9996 addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p);
9997 if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1)
10000 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
10001 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
10002 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
10003 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
10004 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
10005 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
10007 s->value = addr - plt->vma;
10010 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
10011 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
10013 if (p->addend != 0)
10017 memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
10018 names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
10019 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, buf, p->addend);
10020 for (a = buf; *a == '0'; ++a)
10023 memcpy (names, a, len);
10026 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
10027 names += sizeof ("@plt");
10034 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
10035 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
10036 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section,
10037 SEC_IS_COMMON, NULL, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
10040 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (bfd * abfd,
10041 struct bfd_link_info * link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
10043 Elf_Internal_Ehdr * i_ehdrp; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
10045 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
10047 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi;
10049 /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the
10050 osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of
10051 the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
10052 if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] == ELFOSABI_NONE
10053 && elf_tdata (abfd)->has_gnu_symbols)
10054 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = ELFOSABI_GNU;
10058 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
10059 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
10060 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
10063 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type)
10065 return (type == STT_FUNC
10066 || type == STT_GNU_IFUNC);
10069 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
10070 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
10071 otherwise return zero. */
10074 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol *sym, asection *sec,
10077 bfd_size_type size;
10079 if ((sym->flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_FILE | BSF_OBJECT
10080 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL | BSF_RELC | BSF_SRELC)) != 0
10081 || sym->section != sec)
10084 *code_off = sym->value;
10086 if (!(sym->flags & BSF_SYNTHETIC))
10087 size = ((elf_symbol_type *) sym)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;